Add STM32F103 port

Add a fully functional STM32F1 port, currently mostly targeting STM32F103
microcontrollers. This requires an 8 MHz XTAL. The maximum possible step rate
is around 282K steps per second.

This uses stm32flash to burn the firmware. The bootloader needs to be started
by setting BOOT0 to 1 and resetting the MCU. There is no automatic bootloader,
unlike on Arduino.

Signed-off-by: Grigori Goronzy <greg@kinoho.net>

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal.c

@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   HAL module driver.
+  *          This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+    used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. 
+    [..]
+    The HAL contains two APIs' categories: 
+         (+) Common HAL APIs
+         (+) Services HAL APIs
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+  * @brief HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+ * @brief STM32F1xx HAL Driver version number V1.1.1
+   */
+#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN   (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1   (0x01U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2   (0x01U) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
+#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC     (0x00U) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */
+#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION         ((__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
+                                        |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
+                                        |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
+                                        |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK    0x00000FFFU
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+__IO uint32_t uwTick;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+   [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock 
+          configuration. It initializes the source of time base also when timeout 
+          is needed and the backup domain when enabled.
+      (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
+      (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+          Tick interrupt priority. 
+        (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user 
+             can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose 
+             timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base 
+             duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and 
+             handled in milliseconds basis.
+        (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically 
+             at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time 
+             when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+        (++) Source of time base is configured  to generate interrupts at regular 
+             time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a 
+             peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority 
+            (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller 
+            ISR process will be blocked. 
+       (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak  
+             to make  override possible  in case of other  implementations in user file.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first 
+  *         instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
+  *         HAL function), it performs the following:
+  *           Configure the Flash prefetch.
+  *           Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
+  *           which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
+  *           configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
+  *           Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
+  *           Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file 
+  *           "stm32f1xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization 
+  *            
+  * @note   SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
+  *         need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
+  *         to have correct HAL operation.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+  /* Configure Flash prefetch */
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
+#if defined(STM32F101x6) || defined(STM32F101xB) || defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || \
+    defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \
+    defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \
+    defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+
+  /* Prefetch buffer is not available on value line devices */
+  __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+  /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
+
+  /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */
+  HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source
+  *        of time base.
+  * @note This function is optional.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Reset of all peripherals */
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
+#endif
+  
+  /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspDeInit();
+    
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function configures the source of the time base. 
+  *        The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+  *        Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @note This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *       reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured  by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+  * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. 
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. 
+  *       Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, 
+  *       The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) 
+  *       than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+  *       The function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *       implementation  in user file.
+  * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock/1000U);
+
+  /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions 
+  *  @brief    HAL Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+      (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+      (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+      (+) Get the device identifier
+      (+) Get the device revision identifier
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function is called to increment  a global variable "uwTick"
+  *        used as application time base.
+  * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+  *       in Systick ISR.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other 
+  *      implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+  uwTick++;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
+  * @note  This function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other 
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval tick value
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+  return uwTick;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based 
+  *        on variable incremented.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+  *       is incremented.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  uint32_t wait = Delay;
+  
+  /* Add a period to guarantee minimum wait */
+  if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+     wait++;
+  }
+  
+  while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment 
+  *       is suspended.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment 
+  *       is resumed.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the HAL revision
+  * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+ return __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
+  * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
+  *                  STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
+  *                  STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
+  *                  STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
+  *       Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in 
+  *       debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * @retval Device revision identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+  return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID_Pos);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device identifier.
+  * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
+  *                  STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
+  *                  STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
+  *                  STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
+  *       Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in 
+  *       debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+   return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
+  * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
+  *                  STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
+  *                  STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
+  *                  STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
+  *       Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in 
+  *       debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+  * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
+  *                  STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
+  *                  STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
+  *                  STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
+  *       Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in 
+  *       debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * Note: On all STM32F1 devices:
+  *       If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode 
+  *       debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup
+  *       the system from Stop mode.
+  *       Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer 
+  *       interrupt.
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * Note: On all STM32F1 devices:
+  *       If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode  
+  *       debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup
+  *       the system from Stop mode.
+  *       Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer
+  *       interrupt.
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+  * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
+  *                  STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
+  *                  STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
+  *                  STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
+  *       Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in 
+  *       debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+  * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
+  *                  STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
+  *                  STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
+  *                  STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
+  *       Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in 
+  *       debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+  * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
+  *                  STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
+  *                  STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
+  *                  STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
+  *       Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in 
+  *       debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
+  *       Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @param UID: pointer to 3 words array.
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+void HAL_GetUID(uint32_t *UID)
+{
+  UID[0] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
+  UID[1] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
+  UID[2] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_cec.c

@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_cec.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   CEC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface 
+  *          Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization function
+  *           + IO operation function
+  *           + Peripheral Control function
+  *
+  *           
+  @verbatim       
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
+    
+    (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
+        (##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
+        (##) CEC pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+++) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
+            (+++) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, 
+                  RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+                  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit 
+                  and receive process.
+
+    (#) Program the Bit Timing Error Mode and the Bit Period Error Mode in the hcec Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
+
+  [..]        
+    (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+        by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC CEC
+  * @brief HAL CEC module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define CEC_CFGR_FIELDS (CEC_CFGR_BTEM | CEC_CFGR_BPEM )
+#define CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK (CEC_FLAG_TSOM|CEC_FLAG_TEOM|CEC_FLAG_TBTRF)
+#define CEC_FLAG_RECEIVE_MASK (CEC_FLAG_RSOM|CEC_FLAG_REOM|CEC_FLAG_RBTF)
+#define CEC_ESR_ALL_ERROR (CEC_ESR_BTE|CEC_ESR_BPE|CEC_ESR_RBTFE|CEC_ESR_SBE|CEC_ESR_ACKE|CEC_ESR_LINE|CEC_ESR_TBTFE)
+#define CEC_RXXFERSIZE_INITIALIZE 0xFFFF /*!< Value used to initialise the RxXferSize of the handle */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+ 
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+  *
+@verbatim                                                
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
+      (+) The following parameters need to be configured: 
+        (++) TimingErrorFree
+        (++) PeriodErrorFree 
+        (++) InitiatorAddress
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+  if((hcec == NULL) ||(hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */ 
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_TIMING_ERROR_MODE(hcec->Init.TimingErrorFree));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR_MODE(hcec->Init.PeriodErrorFree));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
+
+  if(hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
+  }
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+  
+  /* Write to CEC Control Register */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CFGR, CEC_CFGR_FIELDS, hcec->Init.TimingErrorFree | hcec->Init.PeriodErrorFree);
+  
+  /* Write to CEC Own Address Register */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->OAR, CEC_OAR_OA, hcec->Init.OwnAddress);
+  
+  /* Configure the prescaler to generate the required 50 microseconds time base.*/
+  MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->PRES, CEC_PRES_PRES, 50U * (HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq()/1000000U) - 1U);
+  
+  /* Enable the following CEC Interrupt */
+  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_IE);
+
+  /* Enable the CEC Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+  
+  hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+  hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral 
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+  if(hcec == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
+  
+  __HAL_RCC_CEC_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_CEC_RELEASE_RESET();
+  
+  hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+  hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+  
+  /* Process Unlock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @param  CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address.  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
+
+  if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY))
+  { 
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec); 
+    
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+    /* Disable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+    
+    if(CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE)
+    {
+       MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->OAR, CEC_OAR_OA, hcec->Init.OwnAddress);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       CLEAR_BIT(hcec->Instance->OAR, CEC_OAR_OA);  
+    }
+        
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); 
+    
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+    
+    return  HAL_OK; 
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC MSP Init
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC MSP DeInit
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions 
+  *  @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions ##### 
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
+    
+    (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
+        logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
+    
+    (#) The communication is performed using Interrupts. 
+           These API's return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the 
+           dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
+           The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks 
+           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+           The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication 
+           error is detected
+        
+    (#) API's with Interrupt are :
+         (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) A set of User Callbacks are provided:
+         (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send data in interrupt mode 
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @param InitiatorAddress: Initiator address
+  * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address      
+  * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
+  *              0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
+  *              Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).    
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress,uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
+     already pending due to arbitration lost */
+  if(hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) 
+  {    
+    if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0U)) 
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress)); 
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
+    
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+    hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* initialize the number of bytes to send,
+     * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
+    hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* send header block */
+    hcec->Instance->TXD = (uint8_t)((uint32_t)InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress;
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); 
+
+    /* case no data to be sent, sender is only pinging the system */
+    if (Size != 0)
+    {    
+      /* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */
+      MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, CEC_FLAG_TSOM);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Send a ping command */
+      MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, CEC_FLAG_TEOM|CEC_FLAG_TSOM);
+    }
+    return HAL_OK;
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;   
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Get size of the received frame.
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval Frame size
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->RxXferSize;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Change Rx Buffer.
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @param Rxbuffer: Rx Buffer
+  * @note  This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() 
+  * @retval Frame size
+  */
+void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t* Rxbuffer)
+{
+  hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer; 
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Save error status register for further error handling purposes */
+  hcec->ErrorCode = READ_BIT(hcec->Instance->ESR, CEC_ESR_ALL_ERROR);
+
+  /* Transmit error */
+  if(__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Acknowledgement of the error */
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TERR);
+    
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  
+  /* Receive error */
+  if(__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Acknowledgement of the error */
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RERR);
+    hcec->Init.RxBuffer-=hcec->RxXferSize;
+    hcec->RxXferSize = 0U; 
+    hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  
+  if((hcec->ErrorCode & CEC_ESR_ALL_ERROR) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Error  Call Back */
+    HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
+  }
+  
+  /* Transmit byte request or block transfer finished */
+  if(__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TBTRF) != RESET)
+  {
+    CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec);
+  }
+
+  /* Receive byte or block transfer finished */
+  if(__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RBTF) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(hcec->RxXferSize == 0U)
+    {
+      /* reception is starting */ 
+      hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+    CEC_Receive_IT(hcec);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @param RxFrameSize: Size of frame
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  UNUSED(RxFrameSize);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC error callbacks
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions 
+  *  @brief   CEC control functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control function #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
+     (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral. 
+	 (+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral. 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief return the CEC state
+  * @param hcec: pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified CEC module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U;
+  temp1 = hcec->gState;
+  temp2 = hcec->RxState;
+  
+  return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Return the CEC error code
+* @param  hcec : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified CEC.
+* @retval CEC Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CEC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+ /**
+  * @brief Send data in interrupt mode 
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle. 
+  *         Function called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()   
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */  
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission
+     already pending due to arbitration loss */
+  if((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* if all data have been sent */
+    if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Acknowledge successful completion by writing 0x00 */
+      MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, 0x00U);
+
+      hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+      
+      HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+      
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Reduce the number of bytes to transfer by one */
+      hcec->TxXferCount--;
+      
+      /* Write data to TX buffer*/
+      hcec->Instance->TXD = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+      
+      /* If this is the last byte of the ongoing transmission */
+      if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0U)
+      {
+        /* Acknowledge byte request and signal end of message */
+        MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, CEC_FLAG_TEOM);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Acknowledge byte request by writing 0x00 */
+        MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, 0x00U);
+      }  
+      
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;   
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode. 
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle.
+  *         Function called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()   
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */  
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  static uint32_t temp;
+  
+  if(hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    temp = hcec->Instance->CSR;
+    
+    /* Store received data */
+    hcec->RxXferSize++;
+    *hcec->Init.RxBuffer++ = hcec->Instance->RXD;
+    
+    /* Acknowledge received byte by writing 0x00 */
+    MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_RECEIVE_MASK, 0x00U);
+    
+    /* If the End Of Message is reached */
+    if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp, CEC_FLAG_REOM))
+    {
+      /* Interrupts are not disabled due to transmission still ongoing */
+      hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+      
+      HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
+      
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY; 
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY; 
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */ 
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   CORTEX HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the CORTEX:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions 
+  *
+  @verbatim  
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    [..]  
+    *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ===========================================================
+    [..]     
+    This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+    The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+   
+    (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
+        function according to the following table.
+    (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(). 
+    (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+    (#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority. 
+      
+     -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. 
+         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
+   
+     -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
+        (+@) Lowest preemption priority
+        (+@) Lowest sub priority
+        (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
+ 
+    [..]  
+    *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ========================================================
+    [..]
+    Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
+           
+   (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+       is a CMSIS function that:
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value 0x0F.
+        (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+        (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+        (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+    
+   (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+       __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+       HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
+       inside the stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+       HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function 
+       call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+   (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+                            
+       Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x  Desired Time base (s)
+       (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+   
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
+  * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+  *
+@verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+      Systick functionalities 
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
+  *         using the required unlock sequence.
+  * @param  PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. 
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    4 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    3 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    2 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    1 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    0 bits for subpriority
+  * @note   When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. 
+  *         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+  
+  /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
+  NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xx.h))
+  * @param  PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority 
+  * @param  SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.          
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{ 
+  uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+  
+  prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+  
+  NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @note   To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+  *         function should be called before. 
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Enable interrupt */
+  NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Disable interrupt */
+  NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  /* System Reset */
+  NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+  *         Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  * @param  TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  * @retval status:  - 0  Function succeeded.
+  *                  - 1  Function failed.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+   return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief   Cortex control functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+      (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities. 
+ 
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the MPU
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
+{
+  /* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
+  __DMB();
+
+  /* Disable fault exceptions */
+  SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+  
+  /* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
+  MPU->CTRL = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the MPU.
+  * @param  MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, 
+  *          NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
+  *            @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
+  *            @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+  /* Enable the MPU */
+  MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+  
+  /* Enable fault exceptions */
+  SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+  
+  /* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
+  * @param  MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the initialization and configuration information.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
+
+  /* Set the Region number */
+  MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
+
+  if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
+    
+    MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
+    MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec             << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission        << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField            << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable             << MPU_RASR_S_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable             << MPU_RASR_C_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable            << MPU_RASR_B_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable        << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size                    << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable                  << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
+    MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+  * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+  /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
+  return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
+  * @param   PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      4 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      3 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      2 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      1 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      0 bits for subpriority
+  * @param  pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  * @param  pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+ /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+  NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Set interrupt pending */
+  NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC 
+  *         and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))  
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Clear pending interrupt */
+  NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
+  * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))  
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the SysTick clock source.
+  * @param  CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+  if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SYSTICK callback.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   CRC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions 
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      The CRC HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+      (#) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of 
+          a 32-bit data buffer using combination of the previous CRC value
+          and the new one.
+
+      (#) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC Value of 
+          a new 32-bit data buffer. This function resets the CRC computation  
+          unit before starting the computation to avoid getting wrong CRC values.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC CRC
+  * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions. 
+ *
+@verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters 
+          in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
+      (+) Initialize the CRC MSP
+      (+) DeInitialize CRC MSP 
+ 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRC according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if(hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the CRC peripheral.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if(hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
+
+  /* Resets the CRC calculation unit and sets the data register to 0xFFFF FFFF */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+  /* Reset IDR register content */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcrc);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcrc);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+ *  @brief    management functions. 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer,
+          using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
+      (+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer,
+          independently of the previous CRC value.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer using combination
+  *         of the previous CRC value and the new one.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed
+  * @param  BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed (defined in word, 4 bytes)
+  * @retval 32-bit CRC
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index = 0U;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+  for(index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer independently
+  *         of the previous CRC value.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @param  pBuffer: Pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed
+  * @param  BufferLength: Length of the buffer to be computed (defined in word, 4 bytes)
+  * @retval 32-bit CRC
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index = 0U;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); 
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+  /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+  for(index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions 
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State functions. 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the CRC state.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  return hcrc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_dac.c

@@ -0,0 +1,939 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_dac.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   DAC HAL module driver.
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *         functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions      
+  *     
+  *
+  @verbatim      
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### DAC Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]        
+      *** DAC Channels ***
+      ====================  
+    [..]  
+    The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can 
+    be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
+      (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
+      (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
+      
+      *** DAC Triggers ***
+      ====================
+    [..]
+    Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
+    and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register. 
+    [..] 
+    Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
+      (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_PIN_9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9.
+          The used pin (GPIOx_PIN_9) must be configured in input mode.
+  
+      (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7
+          For STM32F10x connectivity line devices and STM32F100x devices: TIM3
+          For STM32F10x high-density and XL-density devices: TIM8
+          For STM32F100x high-density value line devices: TIM15 as
+          replacement of TIM5.
+          (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...)
+  
+      (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
+  
+      *** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
+      =============================== 
+      [..] 
+      Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to 
+      reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
+      without having to add an external operational amplifier.
+      To enable, the output buffer use  
+      sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
+      [..]           
+      (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output 
+          impedance value with and without output buffer.
+
+      *** DAC connect feature ***
+      =============================== 
+      [..] 
+      Each DAC channel can be connected internally. 
+      To connect, use
+      sConfig.DAC_ConnectOnChipPeripheral = DAC_CHIPCONNECT_ENABLE;
+                                               
+      *** GPIO configurations guidelines ***
+      =====================
+      [..] 
+      When a DAC channel is used (ex channel1 on PA4) and the other is not 
+      (ex channel1 on PA5 is configured in Analog and disabled).
+      Channel1 may disturb channel2 as coupling effect.
+      Note that there is no coupling on channel2 as soon as channel2 is turned on.
+      Coupling on adjacent channel could be avoided as follows:
+      when unused PA5 is configured as INPUT PULL-UP or DOWN. 
+      PA5 is configured in ANALOG just before it is turned on.     
+                                               
+       *** DAC wave generation feature ***
+       =================================== 
+       [..]     
+       Both DAC channels can be used to generate
+         (#) Noise wave using HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate()
+         (#) Triangle wave using HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate()
+            
+       *** DAC data format ***
+       =======================
+       [..]   
+       The DAC data format can be:
+         (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
+         (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
+         (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
+  
+       *** DAC data value to voltage correspondance ***  
+       ================================================ 
+       [..] 
+       The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
+       by the following equation:
+       [..]
+       DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
+       (+) with  DOR is the Data Output Register
+       [..]
+          VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
+       [..]
+        e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
+       (+) Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
+
+       *** DMA requests  ***
+       =====================
+       [..]    
+       A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
+       a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
+       HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
+       [..]
+       DMA requests are mapped as following:
+         (#) DAC channel1 :
+             For STM32F100x low-density, medium-density, high-density with DAC
+             DMA remap:
+                            mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be
+             already configured
+             For STM32F100x high-density without DAC DMA remap and other  
+             STM32F1 devices:
+                            mapped on DMA2 channel3 which must be
+             already configured
+         (#) DAC channel2 :
+             For STM32F100x low-density, medium-density, high-density with DAC
+             DMA remap:
+                            mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be
+             already configured
+             For STM32F100x high-density without DAC DMA remap and other  
+             STM32F1 devices:
+                            mapped on DMA2 channel4 which must be
+             already configured
+      
+                      ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]          
+      (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
+          registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
+      (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
+      (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
+      (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]    
+       (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start() 
+       (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
+       (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
+       
+     *** DMA mode IO operation ***    
+     ==============================
+     [..]    
+       (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length 
+           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
+       (+) At the middle of data transfer HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()  
+           function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer 
+           HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
+       (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()  
+           function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer 
+           HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can 
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 or HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2
+       (+) For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun.             
+           In case of DMA underrun, DAC interruption triggers and execute internal function HAL_DAC_IRQHandler.
+           HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1()or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2()  
+           function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer 
+           HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
+       (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
+                    
+     *** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
+     ============================================= 
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
+       
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral (For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun)
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral (For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun)
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags (For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun)
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status (For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun)
+      
+     [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros  
+   
+ @endverbatim    
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC DAC
+  * @brief DAC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+ *
+@verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the DAC. 
+      (+) De-initialize the DAC. 
+         
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the DAC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{ 
+  /* Check DAC handle */
+  if(hdac == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+  
+  if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
+  {  
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
+  }
+  
+  /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Set DAC error code to none */
+  hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+  
+  /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Check DAC handle */
+  if(hdac == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
+
+  /* Set DAC error code to none */
+  hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DAC MSP.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+             ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start conversion.
+      (+) Stop conversion.
+      (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Get result of conversion.
+                     
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Enable the Peripharal */
+  __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+  
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+    if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1))
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
+      SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+    if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) == (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2))
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/
+      SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+    
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+  *         Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun.
+  *         On these devices, this function enables the interruption of DMA
+  *         underrun.
+  *         (refer to redefinition of this function in DAC extended file)
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  pData: The Source memory Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+    
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
+    
+    /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
+       
+    /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
+    
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+    SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1);
+    
+    /* Case of use of channel 1 */
+    switch(Alignment)
+    {
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+        /* Get DHR12R1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+        /* Get DHR12L1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+        /* Get DHR8R1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2;
+    
+    /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2;
+    
+    /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2;
+    
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */
+    SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2);
+    
+    /* Case of use of channel 2 */
+    switch(Alignment)
+    {
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+        /* Get DHR12R2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+        /* Get DHR12L2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+        /* Get DHR8R2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2;
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Enable the DMA channel */
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+  }
+  
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Enable the Peripharal */
+  __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+    
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+ 
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+  *         Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun.
+  *         On these devices, this function disables the interruption of DMA
+  *         underrun.
+  *         (refer to redefinition of this function in DAC extended file)
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected   
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  
+  /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
+    
+  /* Disable the Peripharal */
+  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+  
+  /* Disable the DMA Channel */
+  /* Channel1 is used */
+  if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
+  }
+  else /* Channel2 is used for */
+  {
+    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
+  }
+  
+  /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */
+  if (status != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;      
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change DAC state */
+    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  
+  /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return hdac->Instance->DOR2;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error DAC callback for Channel1.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure channels. 
+      (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the DAC parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
+  /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
+  /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */   
+  SET_BIT(tmpreg1, (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+  
+  /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */  
+  /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
+  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR,
+             ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel,
+             tmpreg1 << Channel);
+
+  /* Disable wave generation */
+  hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected  
+  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
+{  
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; 
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the DAC channel selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State and Errors functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DAC state.
+      (+) Check the DAC Errors.
+        
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the DAC state
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Return DAC state */
+  return hdac->State;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DAC error code
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval DAC Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  return hdac->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback. 
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)   
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  
+  HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); 
+  
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback. 
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)   
+{
+    DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    /* Conversion complete callback */
+    HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA error callback 
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)   
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    
+  /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+  hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+    
+  HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac); 
+    
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE || STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   DAC HAL module driver.
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *         functionalities of DAC extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *     
+  *
+  @verbatim      
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]          
+      (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
+          Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
+          HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.  
+      (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
+      (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
+   
+ @endverbatim    
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
+  * @brief DACEx driver module
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+  
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
+ *  @brief    Extended features functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start conversion.
+      (+) Stop conversion.
+      (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Get result of conversion.
+      (+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
+                     
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+  
+  tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+
+  tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U;
+  
+  /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+  return tmp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
+  * @param  Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095                               
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<<Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC. 
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
+  * @param  Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values: 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation  
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation 
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation 
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<<Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel);
+ 
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+  * @param  Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data  holding register.
+  * @note   In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
+  *          DAC channels at the same time.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
+{  
+  uint32_t data = 0U, tmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
+  
+  /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
+  if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
+  {
+    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1; 
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1;
+  }
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+  tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+
+  /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error DAC callback for Channel2.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE)
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
+  *         Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun.
+  *         On these devices, this function uses the interruption of DMA
+  *         underrun.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
+  *         Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun.
+  *         On these devices, this function uses the interruption of DMA
+  *         underrun.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+#endif /* STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+  *         Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun.
+  *         On these devices, this function enables the interruption of DMA
+  *         underrun.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+    
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
+
+    /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
+
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+    SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1);
+       
+    /* Case of use of channel 1 */
+    switch(Alignment)
+    {
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+        /* Get DHR12R1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+        /* Get DHR12L1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+        /* Get DHR8R1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2;
+
+    /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2;
+    
+    /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2;
+
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */
+    SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2);
+
+    /* Case of use of channel 2 */
+    switch(Alignment)
+    {
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+        /* Get DHR12R2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+        /* Get DHR12L2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+        /* Get DHR8R2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2;
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Enable the DMA channel */
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+    __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+    
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+    __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
+    
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+  }
+  
+  /* Enable the Peripharal */
+  __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+  
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) */
+
+#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE)
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+  *         Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun.
+  *         On these devices, this function disables the interruption of DMA
+  *         underrun.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected   
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  
+  /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+  hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
+    
+  /* Disable the Peripharal */
+  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+  
+  /* Disable the DMA Channel */
+  /* Channel1 is used */
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  { 
+    /* Disable the DMA channel */
+    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
+    
+    /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+    __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+  }
+  else /* Channel2 is used for */
+  { 
+    /* Disable the DMA channel */
+    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
+    
+    /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+    __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
+  }
+
+  /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */
+  if(status != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;      
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change DAC state */
+    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) */
+
+#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE)
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DAC interrupt request
+  *         Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun.
+  *         On these devices, this function uses the interruption of DMA
+  *         underrun.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  
+  if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1))
+  {
+    /* Check underrun flag of DAC channel 1 */
+    if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
+    {
+      /* Change DAC state to error state */
+      hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+      
+      /* Set DAC error code to chanel1 DMA underrun error */
+      SET_BIT(hdac->ErrorCode, HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1);
+      
+      /* Clear the underrun flag */
+      __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
+      
+      /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1);
+      
+      /* Error callback */ 
+      HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2))
+  {
+    /* Check underrun flag of DAC channel 2 */
+    if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2))
+    {
+      /* Change DAC state to error state */
+      hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+      
+      /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */
+      SET_BIT(hdac->ErrorCode, HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2);
+      
+      /* Clear the underrun flag */
+      __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2);
+      
+      /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2);
+      
+      /* Error callback */ 
+      HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback. 
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)   
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  
+  HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); 
+  
+  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback. 
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)   
+{
+    DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    /* Conversion complete callback */
+    HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA error callback 
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)   
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    
+  /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+  hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+    
+  HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac); 
+    
+  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE || STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,905 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   DMA HAL module driver.
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *         functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and errors functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+   (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
+       (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is 
+       necessary). Please refer to the Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+       and DMA requests.
+
+   (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+       Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
+       Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode
+       using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error 
+       detection.
+                    
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+                   
+     -@-   In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+    [..]
+          (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
+              address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+          (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
+              case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+    [..]
+          (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+          (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+          (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
+              Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred.
+              In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
+          (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+          (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
+              add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
+              XferErrorCallback (i.e. a member of DMA handle structure).
+
+     *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+     ============================================= 
+      [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not. 
+
+     [..] 
+      (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros  
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA DMA
+  * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
+    and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, 
+    circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
+    [..]
+    The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+    reference manual.  
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if(hdma == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+
+#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
+  /* calculation of the channel index */
+  if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+  }
+#else
+  /* DMA1 */
+  hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+
+  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the CR register value */
+  tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+  /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */
+  tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL    | DMA_CCR_MSIZE  | DMA_CCR_PSIZE  | \
+                      DMA_CCR_MINC  | DMA_CCR_PINC   | DMA_CCR_CIRC   | \
+                      DMA_CCR_DIR));
+
+  /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
+  tmp |=  hdma->Init.Direction        |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphInc           | hdma->Init.MemInc           |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+          hdma->Init.Mode                | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+  /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
+
+
+  /* Clean callbacks */
+  hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state*/
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+  hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the DMA peripheral.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if(hdma == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel control register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR  = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
+  hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
+  hdma->Instance->CPAR  = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
+  hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U;
+
+#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
+  /* calculation of the channel index */
+  if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+  }
+#else
+  /* DMA1 */
+  hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex));
+
+  /* Initialize the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+  *  @brief   Input and Output operation functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+          Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+      (+) Abort DMA transfer
+      (+) Poll for transfer complete
+      (+) Handle DMA interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+            
+    /* Disable the peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+    
+    /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
+    DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+    
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+   __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);  
+   status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+    
+    /* Disable the peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+    
+    /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
+    DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+    
+    /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+    /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+    if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback)
+    {
+      /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */
+      __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+      __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE));
+    }
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {      
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); 
+
+    /* Remain BUSY */
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }    
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Disable DMA IT */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+    
+  /* Disable the channel */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+    
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+
+  /* Change the DMA state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);      
+  
+  return status; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hdma  : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{  
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+        
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  { 
+    /* Disable DMA IT */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+    /* Disable the channel */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Call User Abort callback */
+    if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
+    } 
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete.
+  * @param  hdma:    pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                  the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
+  * @param  Timeout:       Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
+  if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+  {
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+  if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
+  {
+    /* Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET)
+  {
+    if((__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET))
+    {
+      /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+      /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+      /* Clear all flags */
+      hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE);
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
+
+        /* Change the DMA state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
+  {
+    /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+    __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+    /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
+    all transfers are complete) */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+    __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+  }
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DMA interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
+  uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+  
+  /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+  if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)) != RESET) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_HT) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+    if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+    }
+    /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+    __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+    /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
+    /* but in Transfer Complete case */
+
+    if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Half transfer callback */
+      hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+  else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)) != RESET) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TC) != RESET))
+  {
+    if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC);  
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Transfer complete callback */
+      hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/
+  else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE)))
+  {
+    /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+    /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+    /* Disable ALL DMA IT */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+
+    /* Update error code */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Transfer error callback */
+      hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Register callbacks
+  * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param CallbackID: User Callback identifer
+  *                    a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @param pCallback: pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to 
+  *                   a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */                          
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+    case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
+      break;
+      
+    case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+      break;         
+
+    case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
+      break;         
+      
+    case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
+      break; 
+      
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;                                                            
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  } 
+  
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief UnRegister callbacks
+  * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param CallbackID: User Callback identifer
+  *                    a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */              
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+    case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+      break;         
+
+    case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+      break;         
+
+    case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+      break; 
+
+    case   HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
+      hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+      hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+      hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+      hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+      break; 
+
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  } 
+  
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *  @brief    Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DMA state
+      (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA hande state.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Return DMA handle state */
+  return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA error code.
+  * @param  hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval DMA Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
+  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+
+  /* Configure DMA Channel data length */
+  hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
+
+  /* Memory to Peripheral */
+  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
+  }
+  /* Peripheral to Memory */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,980 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+  *           + Program operations functions
+  *           + Memory Control functions 
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses 
+       to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations 
+       and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+      prefetch. 
+
+  [..] The FLASH main features are:
+      (+) Flash memory read operations
+      (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+      (+) Read / write protections
+      (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+      (+) Option Bytes programming
+
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]                             
+      This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH 
+      memory of all STM32F1xx devices.
+    
+      (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+          functions to erase and program the main memory:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
+        (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
+        (++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword
+      (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+          functions to manage the Option Bytes:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
+        (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+        (++) Set the Read protection Level
+        (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+        (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
+        (++) Erase Option Bytes
+        (++) Program the data Option Bytes
+        (++) Get the Write protection.
+        (++) Get the user option bytes.
+    
+      (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group 
+          includes all needed functions to:
+        (++) Handle FLASH interrupts
+        (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
+        (++) Get error flag status
+
+  [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+       to handle the following operations:
+      
+      (+) Set/Get the latency
+      (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+      (+) Enable/Disable the half cycle access
+      (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
+      (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
+          
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+  * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static  void   FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+static  void   FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
+extern void    FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions 
+  *  @brief   Programming operation functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
+  * @note   The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,    
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *  
+  * @note   FLASH should be previously erased before new programmation (only exception to this 
+  *         is when 0x0000 is programmed)
+  *
+  * @param  TypeProgram:  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                       This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address:      Specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data:         Specifies the data to be programmed
+  * 
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+  uint8_t index = 0;
+  uint8_t nbiterations = 0;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
+  {
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  }
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+    {
+      /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 1U;
+    }
+    else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+    {
+      /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 2U;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 4U;
+    }
+
+    for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++)
+    {
+      FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index)));
+
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+      if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
+      {
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+    
+        /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+        
+        /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
+      }
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+      /* In case of error, stop programation procedure */
+      if (status != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address  with interrupt enabled.
+  * @note   The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,    
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *
+  * @param  TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                      This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address:     Specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data:        Specifies the data to be programmed
+  * 
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */
+  if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
+  {
+    /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+    __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1);
+
+  }else
+  {
+    /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+    __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2);
+  }
+#else
+  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  
+  pFlash.Address = Address;
+  pFlash.Data = Data;
+
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
+    /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U;
+  }
+  else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
+    /* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
+    /* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U;
+  }
+
+  /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+  FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK1) || \
+    (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)))
+#else
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  {
+    /* Return the faulty address */
+    addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+    /* Reset address */
+    pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+  
+    /* Save the Error code */
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    
+    /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
+
+    /* Stop the procedure ongoing */
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1);
+#else
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+    
+    /* Process can continue only if no error detected */
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+    {
+      if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
+      {
+        /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+        pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+
+        /* Check if there are still pages to erase */
+        if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+        {
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+          /*Indicate user which sector has been erased */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+
+          /*Increment sector number*/
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+          pFlash.Address = addresstmp;
+
+          /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+
+          FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */
+          /* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */
+          pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+        }
+      }
+      else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
+      {
+        /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+        /* Stop Mass Erase procedure if no pending mass erase on other bank */
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER))
+        {
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+          /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U);
+
+          /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        }
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+      }
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
+        pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+        
+        /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
+        if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+        {
+          /* Increment address to 16-bit */
+          pFlash.Address += 2U;
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+          
+          /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
+          pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
+          
+          /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+          /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+          FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Program ended. Return the selected address */
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+          }
+          else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U);
+          }
+          else 
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U);
+          }
+        
+          /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */
+          pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG( FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
+    
+    /* Process can continue only if no error detected */
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+    {
+      if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
+      {
+        /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+        pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+        
+        /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
+        if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+        {
+          /* Indicate user which page address has been erased*/
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+        
+          /* Increment page address to next page */
+          pFlash.Address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+
+          /* Operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER);
+
+          FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /*No more pages to Erase*/
+          
+          /*Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure*/
+          pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+        }
+      }
+      else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
+      {
+        /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER);
+
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER))
+        {
+          /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U);
+        
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
+        pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+        
+        /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
+        if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+        {
+          /* Increment address to 16-bit */
+          pFlash.Address += 2U;
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+          
+          /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
+          pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
+          
+          /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
+
+          /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+          FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+          }
+          else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-2U);
+          }
+          else 
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-6U);
+          }
+          
+          /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/
+          pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif 
+
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+    /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits for both bank */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, (FLASH_CR2_PG | FLASH_CR2_PER | FLASH_CR2_MER));  
+  
+    /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts for both banks */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2);
+#else
+    /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
+
+    /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+  *                 - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased 
+  *                    (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
+  *                 - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH operation error interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+  *                 - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
+  *                 - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+ *  @brief   management functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH 
+    memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK))
+  {
+    /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK))
+  {
+    /* Authorize the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  return HAL_OK; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
+  
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK);
+
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE))
+  {
+    /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }  
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status 
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+  CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Launch the option byte loading.
+  * @note   This function will reset automatically the MCU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+  /* Initiates a system reset request to launch the option byte loading */
+  HAL_NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions 
+ *  @brief    Peripheral errors functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of  the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be:
+  *            @ref FLASH_Error_Codes
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+   return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @param  Address specify the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data    specify the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  /* Clean the error context */
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+  
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
+  {
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+    /* Proceed to program the new data */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Proceed to program the new data */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
+  }
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+
+  /* Write data in the address */
+  *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout  maximum flash operation timeout
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+     Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+     flag will be set */
+     
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+     
+  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) 
+  { 
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+  }
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)  || 
+     __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || 
+     __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* There is no error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH BANK2 operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(uint32_t Timeout)
+{ 
+  /* Wait for the FLASH BANK2 operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+     Even if the FLASH BANK2 operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+     flag will be set */
+     
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+     
+  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY_BANK2)) 
+  { 
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+  
+}
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
+{
+  uint32_t flags = 0U;
+  
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2))
+#else
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2;
+#else
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  }
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))
+#else
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG;
+#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2;
+#else
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR;
+#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
+  }
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV;
+  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR);
+  }
+
+  /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
+  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
+}  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,597 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   GPIO HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] 
+  Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
+  port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
+  in several modes:
+  (+) Input mode 
+  (+) Analog mode
+  (+) Output mode
+  (+) Alternate function mode
+  (+) External interrupt/event lines
+
+  [..]  
+  During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt  
+  lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+  
+  [..]   
+  All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be 
+  activated or not.
+
+  [..]
+  In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+  type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+
+  [..]  
+  All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt 
+  lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are 
+  connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+  
+  [..]  
+  The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 20 edge detectors in connectivity
+  line devices, or 19 edge detectors in other devices for generating event/interrupt requests.
+  Each input line can be independently configured to select the type (event or interrupt) and
+  the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also masked
+  independently. A pending register maintains the status line of the interrupt requests
+ 
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+ [..]
+   (#) Enable the GPIO APB2 clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). 
+   
+   (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+       (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+       (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef 
+            structure.
+       (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is 
+            configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+       (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel 
+            or DAC output.
+       (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from 
+            GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and 
+            the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+   
+   (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority 
+       mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+       HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+         
+   (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+            
+   (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use 
+       HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+  
+   (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+                 
+   (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not 
+       active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+       pins).
+  
+   (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose 
+       (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has 
+       priority over the GPIO function.
+  
+   (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as 
+       general purpose PD0 and PD1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. 
+       The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+  
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define GPIO_MODE             0x00000003U
+#define EXTI_MODE             0x10000000U
+#define GPIO_MODE_IT          0x00010000U
+#define GPIO_MODE_EVT         0x00020000U
+#define RISING_EDGE           0x00100000U
+#define FALLING_EDGE          0x00200000U
+#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE      0x00000010U
+
+#define GPIO_NUMBER           16U
+
+/* Definitions for bit manipulation of CRL and CRH register */
+#define  GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT         0x00000000U /*!< 00: Input mode (reset state)  */
+#define  GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG         0x00000000U /*!< 00: Analog mode  */
+#define  GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING 0x00000004U /*!< 01: Floating input (reset state)  */
+#define  GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD    0x00000008U /*!< 10: Input with pull-up / pull-down  */
+#define  GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP   0x00000000U /*!< 00: General purpose output push-pull  */
+#define  GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD   0x00000004U /*!< 01: General purpose output Open-drain  */
+#define  GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP   0x00000008U /*!< 10: Alternate function output Push-pull  */
+#define  GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD   0x0000000CU /*!< 11: Alternate function output Open-drain  */
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim    
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
+    to be ready for use.
+ 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
+  * @param  GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{
+  uint32_t position;
+  uint32_t ioposition = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t temp = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t config = 0x00U;
+  __IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */
+  uint32_t registeroffset = 0U; /* offset used during computation of CNF and MODE bits placement inside CRL or CRH register */
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  for (position = 0U; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
+  {
+    /* Get the IO position */
+    ioposition = (0x01U << position);
+    
+    /* Get the current IO position */
+    iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
+
+    if (iocurrent == ioposition)
+    {
+      /* Check the Alternate function parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+
+      /* Based on the required mode, filling config variable with MODEy[1:0] and CNFy[3:2] corresponding bits */
+      switch (GPIO_Init->Mode)
+      {
+        /* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT push-pull mode */
+        case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP:
+          /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
+          assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+          config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP;
+          break;
+          
+        /* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT open-drain mode */
+        case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD:
+          /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
+          assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+          config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD;
+          break;
+          
+        /* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION push-pull mode */
+        case GPIO_MODE_AF_PP:
+          /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
+          assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+          config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP;
+          break;
+          
+        /* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION open-drain mode */
+        case GPIO_MODE_AF_OD:
+          /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
+          assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+          config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD;
+          break;
+          
+        /* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT (also applicable to EVENT and IT mode) */
+        case GPIO_MODE_INPUT:
+        case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING:
+        case GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING:
+        case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING:
+        case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING:
+        case GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING:
+        case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING:
+          /* Check the GPIO pull parameter */
+          assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
+          if(GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_NOPULL)
+          {  
+            config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING;
+          }
+          else if(GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_PULLUP)
+          {
+            config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD;
+            
+            /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */
+            GPIOx->BSRR = ioposition;
+          }
+          else /* GPIO_PULLDOWN */
+          {
+            config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD;
+            
+            /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */
+            GPIOx->BRR = ioposition;
+          }
+          break; 
+          
+        /* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT analog mode */
+        case GPIO_MODE_ANALOG:
+            config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG;
+          break;
+        
+        /* Parameters are checked with assert_param */
+        default:
+          break;
+      }
+      
+      /* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number
+       in order to address CRH or CRL register*/
+      configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL     : &GPIOx->CRH;
+      registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2U) : ((position - 8U) << 2U);
+      
+      /* Apply the new configuration of the pin to the register */
+      MODIFY_REG((*configregister), ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset ), (config << registeroffset));
+      
+      /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) 
+      {
+        /* Enable AFIO Clock */
+        __HAL_RCC_AFIO_CLK_ENABLE();
+        temp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
+        SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
+        AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U] = temp;
+        
+
+        /* Configure the interrupt mask */
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent); 
+        } 
+        else
+        {
+          CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent); 
+        } 
+        
+        /* Configure the event mask */
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent); 
+        } 
+        else
+        {
+          CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent); 
+        }
+        
+        /* Enable or disable the rising trigger */
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent); 
+        } 
+        else
+        {
+          CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent); 
+        }
+        
+        /* Enable or disable the falling trigger */
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent); 
+        } 
+        else
+        {
+          CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent); 
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{ 
+  uint32_t position = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x00U;
+  __IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */
+  uint32_t registeroffset = 0U;
+ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1U << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent)
+    {
+      /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number
+       in order to address CRH or CRL register */
+      configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL     : &GPIOx->CRH;
+      registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2U) : ((position - 8U) << 2U);
+      
+      /* CRL/CRH default value is floating input(0x04) shifted to correct position */
+      MODIFY_REG(*configregister, ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset ), GPIO_CRL_CNF0_0 << registeroffset);
+      
+      /* ODR default value is 0 */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->ODR, iocurrent);
+      
+      /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
+      
+      tmp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
+      tmp &= 0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U));
+      if(tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))))
+      {
+        tmp = 0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U));
+        CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U], tmp);
+          
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+      }
+    }
+    
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions 
+ *  @brief   GPIO Read and Write
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the GPIOs.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the specified input port pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
+  *         This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The input port pin value.
+  */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
+  * 
+  * @note   This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify 
+  *         accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+  *         the read and the modify access.
+  *               
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *          This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @param  PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+  *            @arg GPIO_BIT_RESET: to clear the port pin
+  *            @arg GPIO_BIT_SET: to set the port pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+  if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16U;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Toggles the specified GPIO pin
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral 
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+* @note   The locking mechanism allows the IO configuration to be frozen. When the LOCK sequence
+*         has been applied on a port bit, it is no longer possible to modify the value of the port bit until
+*         the next reset.
+* @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
+* @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
+*         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+* @retval None
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+  SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin);
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Read LCKK bit*/
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+  if((uint32_t)(GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK))
+  {
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+  if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+    HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI line detection callbacks.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   GPIO Extension HAL module driver.
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) extension peripheral.
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### GPIO Peripheral extension features #####
+  ==============================================================================         
+  [..] GPIO module on STM32F1 family, manage also the AFIO register:
+       (+) Possibility to use the EVENTOUT Cortex feature
+   
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to use EVENTOUT Cortex feature
+    (#) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout()
+    (#) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout()
+    (#) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout()
+ 
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIOEx GPIOEx
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions GPIOEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
+ *  @brief    Extended features functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout()
+    (+) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout()
+    (+) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout()
+                     
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the port and pin on which the EVENTOUT Cortex signal will be connected.
+  * @param  GPIO_PortSource Select the port used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal.
+  *   This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PORT.
+  * @param  GPIO_PinSource Select the pin used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal.
+  *   This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PIN.
+  * @retval None
+  */  
+void HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout(uint32_t GPIO_PortSource, uint32_t GPIO_PinSource)
+{
+  /* Verify the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PORT(GPIO_PortSource));
+  assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PIN(GPIO_PinSource));
+  
+  /* Apply the new configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(AFIO->EVCR, (AFIO_EVCR_PORT)|(AFIO_EVCR_PIN), (GPIO_PortSource)|(GPIO_PinSource));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the Event Output.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the Event Output.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   IWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and Start functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### IWDG Generic features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
+        through option byte).
+
+    (+) The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even
+        if the main clock fails.
+
+    (+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be 
+        disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
+        When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is 
+        generated (IWDG reset).
+
+    (+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
+        the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded in the counter and the watchdog reset is
+        prevented.
+
+    (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
+        in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
+        IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
+        reset occurs.
+
+    (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
+        the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
+        on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
+        __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros
+
+    [..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
+         The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F1xx
+         devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
+         connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value
+         can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
+      (++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
+           clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts downcounting.
+      (++) Enable write access to configuration register: IWDG_PR & IWDG_RLR.
+      (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
+           value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
+           reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
+      (++) wait for status flags to be reset"
+
+    (#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+        HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
+
+     *** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+     ====================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
+          the reload register
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @defgroup IWDG IWDG
+  * @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Status register need 5 RC LSI divided by prescaler clock to be updated. With 
+   higher prescaler (256), and according to HSI variation, we need to wait at
+   least 6 cycles so 48 ms. */
+#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT            48U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Start functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and Start functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
+          IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+      (+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
+          is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
+  *         watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
+  * @param  hiwdg  pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
+  if(hiwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
+
+  /* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automaticaly */
+  __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers by writing 0x5555 in KR */
+  IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
+  hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
+  hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
+
+  /* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for register to be updated */
+  while(hiwdg->Instance->SR != RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+  __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief   IO operation functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Refresh the IWDG.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refresh the IWDG.
+  * @param  hiwdg  pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+  __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_msp_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_msp_template.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   HAL BSP module.
+  *          This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied 
+  *          to the user folder.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL_MSP
+  * @brief HAL MSP module.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Exported_Functions HAL MSP Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the Global MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the Global MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the PPP MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c

@@ -0,0 +1,748 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   PCCARD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive PCCARD memories mounted 
+  *          as external device.
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+   [..]
+     This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to 
+     control PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FSMC/FSMC layer functions 
+     to interface with PCCARD devices. This driver is used for:
+    
+    (+) PCCARD/compact flash memory configuration sequence using the function 
+        HAL_PCCARD_Init() with control and timing parameters for both common and 
+        attribute spaces.
+            
+    (+) Read PCCARD/compact flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the CompactFlash_ID 
+        structure declared by the function caller. 
+        
+    (+) Access PCCARD/compact flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
+        HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector. 
+        
+    (+) Perform PCCARD/compact flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_PCCARD_Reset().
+        
+    (+) Perform PCCARD/compact flash erase sector operation using the function 
+        HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector().
+    
+    (+) Read the PCCARD/compact flash status operation using the function HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus().
+     
+    (+) You can monitor the PCCARD/compact flash  device HAL state by calling the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_GetState()     
+        
+   [..]
+     (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact flash 
+         operations. If a PCCARD/compact flash device contains different operations 
+         and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
+   
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG)
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD PCCARD
+  * @brief PCCARD HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Private_Constants PCCARD Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID      0x0000FFFFU
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_SECTOR       0x0000FFFFU
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS       0x01000000U
+
+#define PCCARD_STATUS_OK            (uint8_t)0x58
+#define PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK      (uint8_t)0x50
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions PCCARD Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+  *
+  @verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]  
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
+    the PCCARD memory
+  
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+    
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  ComSpaceTiming: Common space timing structure
+  * @param  AttSpaceTiming: Attribute space timing structure
+  * @param  IOSpaceTiming: IO space timing structure     
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpaceTiming, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpaceTiming, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *IOSpaceTiming)
+{
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
+  {  
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hpccard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(hpccard);
+  }
+  
+  /* Initialize the PCCARD state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;    
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD control Interface */
+  FSMC_PCCARD_Init(hpccard->Instance, &(hpccard->Init));
+  
+  /* Init PCCARD common space timing Interface */
+  FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, ComSpaceTiming);
+  
+  /* Init PCCARD attribute space timing Interface */  
+  FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, AttSpaceTiming);
+  
+  /* Init PCCARD IO space timing Interface */  
+  FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, IOSpaceTiming);
+  
+  /* Enable the PCCARD device */
+  __FSMC_PCCARD_ENABLE(hpccard->Instance); 
+  
+  /* Update the PCCARD state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;  
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCCARD_DeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(hpccard);
+   
+  /* Configure the PCCARD registers with their reset values */
+  FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(hpccard->Instance);
+  
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD MSP Init
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpccard);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpccard);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input Output and memory functions 
+  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions 
+  *
+  @verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### PCCARD Input Output and memory functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]  
+    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory
+  
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Read Compact Flash's ID.
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  CompactFlash_ID: Compact flash ID structure.  
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to compact flash status         
+  * @retval HAL status
+  *   
+  */ 
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint8_t CompactFlash_ID[], uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID, index = 0U;
+  uint8_t status = 0U;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);  
+  
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Initialize the CF status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;  
+  
+  /* Send the Identify Command */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)  = 0xECECU;
+    
+  /* Read CF IDs and timeout treatment */
+  do 
+  {
+     /* Read the CF status */
+     status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+     
+     timeout--;
+  }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout); 
+  
+  if(timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     /* Read CF ID bytes */
+    for(index = 0U; index < 16U; index++)
+    {
+      CompactFlash_ID[index] = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_DATA);
+    }    
+  }
+  
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);  
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+   
+/**
+  * @brief  Read sector from PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer
+  * @param  SectorAddress: Sector address to read
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to CF status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */    
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_SECTOR, index = 0U;
+  uint8_t status = 0U;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+  
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize CF status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00;
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = ((uint16_t)0x0100) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = (uint16_t)0xE4A0;
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* wait till the Status = 0x80 */
+    status =  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }while((status == 0x80U) && timeout);
+  
+  if(timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  timeout = 0xFFFFU;
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
+  
+  if(timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Read bytes */
+  for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
+  {
+    *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR);
+  } 
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+      
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write sector to PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to source write buffer
+  * @param  SectorAddress: Sector address to write
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to CF status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress,  uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_SECTOR, index = 0U;
+  uint8_t status = 0U;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);  
+  
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+   
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+    
+  /* Initialize CF status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;  
+    
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00;
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = ((uint16_t)0x0100) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = (uint16_t)0x30A0;
+  
+  do
+  {
+    /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
+  
+  if(timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Write bytes */
+  for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
+  {
+    *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR) = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++;
+  }
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if(timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }  
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);  
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase sector from PCCARD memory 
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  SectorAddress: Sector address to erase
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to CF status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = 0x400U;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);  
+  
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Initialize CF status */ 
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+    
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_LOW)  = 0x00;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = 0x00;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_NUMBER) = SectorAddress;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = 0x01;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CARD_HEAD)     = 0xA0;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = ATA_ERASE_SECTOR_CMD;
+  
+  /* wait till the CF is ready */
+  status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+  
+  while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout)
+  {
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  } 
+  
+  if(timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);   
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the PCCARD memory 
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);  
+  
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Provide an SW reset and Read and verify the:
+   - CF Configuration Option Register at address 0x98000200 --> 0x80
+   - Card Configuration and Status Register at address 0x98000202 --> 0x00
+   - Pin Replacement Register  at address 0x98000204 --> 0x0C
+   - Socket and Copy Register at address 0x98000206 --> 0x00
+  */
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE_ADDRESS | ATA_CARD_CONFIGURATION) = 0x01;
+    
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);  
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request.
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Rising edge flag */
+  if(__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+  
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Rising edge pending bit */
+    __FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE);
+  }
+  
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Level flag */
+  if(__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_LEVEL))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+  
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Level pending bit */
+    __FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_LEVEL);
+  }
+
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Falling edge flag */
+  if(__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+  
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Falling edge pending bit */
+    __FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE);
+  }
+  
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty flag */
+  if(__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+  
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */
+    __FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT);
+  }  
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD interrupt feature callback
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpccard);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions 
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### PCCARD Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller 
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  return the PCCARD controller state
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  return hpccard->State;
+}  
+ 
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the compact flash memory status
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.       
+  * @retval New status of the CF operation. This parameter can be:
+  *          - CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous operation generate 
+  *            a Timeout error
+  *          - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation     
+  *                
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS, status_cf = 0;  
+  
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
+  }
+
+  status_cf =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+  
+  while((status_cf == PCCARD_BUSY) && timeout)
+  {
+    status_cf =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  if(timeout == 0U)
+  {          
+    status_cf =  PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;      
+  }   
+
+  /* Return the operation status */
+  return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_cf;      
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status command
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.      
+  * @retval The status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter can be:
+  *          - CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is busy
+  *          - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation    
+  *          - CompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous operation gererates error                
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  uint8_t data = 0U, status_cf = PCCARD_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
+  } 
+
+  /* Read status operation */
+  data =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+  if((data & PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) == PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR)
+  {
+    status_cf = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  } 
+  else if((data & PCCARD_READY) == PCCARD_READY)
+  {
+    status_cf = PCCARD_READY;
+  }
+  
+  return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_cf;
+}  
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */
+#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */  
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   Extended PCD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Extended features functions: Update FIFO configuration, 
+  *           PMA configuration for EPs  
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \
+    defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \
+    defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \
+    defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
+  * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    PCDEx control functions 
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Update FIFO (USB_OTG_FS)
+      (+) Update PMA configuration (USB)
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Tx FIFO
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  fifo: The number of Tx fifo
+  * @param  size: Fifo size
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
+{
+  uint8_t index = 0;
+  uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0U;
+  
+  /*  TXn min size = 16 words. (n  : Transmit FIFO index)
+      When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows: 
+          case 1 :  n > m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+         --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
+         case2  :  n < m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+         --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
+     The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top 
+         of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
+     When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
+  
+  Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
+  
+  if(fifo == 0U)
+  {
+    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (size << 16U) | Tx_Offset;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16U;
+    for(index = 0; index < (fifo - 1); index++)
+    {
+      Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[index] >> 16U);
+    }
+    
+    /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
+    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1U] = (size << 16U) | Tx_Offset;
+    
+  }
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Rx FIFO
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  size: Size of Rx fifo
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
+{
+  hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure PMA for EP
+  * @param  hpcd : Device instance
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @param  ep_kind: endpoint Kind
+  *                  USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
+  *                  USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
+  * @param  pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
+  *                   this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
+  *                   in PMA allocated to endpoint.
+  *                   In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
+  *                   is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
+  *                   in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
+  *                   in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, 
+                                       uint16_t ep_addr,
+                                       uint16_t ep_kind,
+                                       uint32_t pmaadress)
+
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL;
+  
+  /* initialize ep structure*/
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+  }
+  
+  /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
+  if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
+  {
+    /*Single Buffer*/
+    ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
+    /*Configure te PMA*/
+    ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
+  }
+  else /*USB_DBL_BUF*/
+  {
+    /*Double Buffer Endpoint*/
+    ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
+    /*Configure the PMA*/
+    ep->pmaaddr0 =  pmaadress & 0x0000FFFFU;
+    ep->pmaaddr1 =  (pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16U;
+  }
+  
+  return HAL_OK; 
+}
+#endif /* USB */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral State functions
+  * @brief    Manage device connection state  
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Software Device Connection,  
+  *         this function is not required by USB OTG FS peripheral, it is used 
+  *         only by USB Device FS peripheral.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  state: connection state (0 : disconnected / 1: connected)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t state)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(state);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */
+       /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */
+       /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */
+       /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC    */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   PWR HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions 
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+  * @brief    PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define PVD_MODE_IT               0x00010000U
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT              0x00020000U
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE           0x00000001U
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE          0x00000002U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address
+  * @{
+  */ 
+/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/
+#define PWR_OFFSET               (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+#define PWR_CR_OFFSET            0x00U
+#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET           0x04U
+#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB         (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET)
+#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB        (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+   
+/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address
+  * @{
+  */  
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of LPSDSR bit */
+#define LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER        PWR_CR_LPDS_Pos
+#define CR_LPSDSR_BB             ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
+
+/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
+#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER            PWR_CR_DBP_Pos
+#define CR_DBP_BB                ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
+
+/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
+#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER           PWR_CR_PVDE_Pos
+#define CR_PVDE_BB               ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of EWUP1 bit */
+#define CSR_EWUP_BB(VAL)         ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (POSITION_VAL(VAL) * 4U)))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions PWR Private Functions
+ * brief   WFE cortex command overloaded for HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode usage only (see Workaround section)
+ * @{
+ */
+static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+__NOINLINE
+static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void)
+{
+  __asm volatile( "wfe" );
+  __asm volatile( "nop" );
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+  *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
+      registers) is protected against possible unwanted
+      write accesses.
+      To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+        (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+            __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+        (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers ).
+  * @note   If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  /* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers).
+  * @note   If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  /* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+  * @brief    Low Power modes configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+     
+    *** PVD configuration ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+          threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
+
+      (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          __HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
+      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+    *** WakeUp pin configuration ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (+) WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
+          forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
+      (+) There is one WakeUp pin:
+          WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.
+
+    [..]
+
+    *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+    =====================================
+     [..]
+      The device features 3 low-power modes:
+      (+) Sleep mode: CPU clock off, all peripherals including Cortex-M3 core peripherals like 
+                      NVIC, SysTick, etc. are kept running
+      (+) Stop mode: All clocks are stopped
+      (+) Standby mode: 1.8V domain powered off
+  
+  
+   *** Sleep mode ***
+   ==================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
+              functions with
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+     
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) WFI entry mode, Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+             controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+        (++) WFE entry mode, Any wakeup event can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+           (+++) Any peripheral interrupt w/o NVIC configuration & SEVONPEND bit set in the Cortex (HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend)
+           (+++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode
+
+   *** Stop mode ***
+   =================
+    [..]
+      The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode combined with peripheral
+      clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
+      In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8 V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI and the HSE RC 
+      oscillators are disabled. SRAM and register contents are preserved.
+      In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+           The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx )
+             function with:
+          (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Main regulator ON.
+          (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low Power regulator ON.
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+      (+) Exit:
+          (++) WFI entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode with NVIC configured
+          (++) WFE entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode.
+
+   *** Standby mode ***
+   ====================
+     [..]
+      The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the
+      Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.8 V domain is 
+      consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also 
+      switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain 
+      and Standby circuitry
+      
+      (+) Entry:
+        (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm event rising edge, external Reset in 
+             NRSTpin, IWDG Reset
+
+   *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+       =============================================
+       [..]
+        
+       (+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, 
+           without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+   
+       (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
+
+           (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to 
+                configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+
+   *** PWR Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation ***
+       ====================================================
+       [..]
+       Below the list of all silicon limitations known on STM32F1xx prouct.
+
+       (#)Workarounds Implemented inside PWR HAL Driver
+          (##)Debugging Stop mode with WFE entry - overloaded the WFE by an internal function    
+        
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @param  sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
+  *         information for the PVD.
+  * @note   Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+  *         more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
+  *         detection level.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+  /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+  
+  /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); 
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  }
+  
+  /* Configure event mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+  }
+  
+  /* Configure the edge */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+  }
+  
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+  /* Enable the power voltage detector */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the power voltage detector */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+  /* Enable the EWUPx pin */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+  /* Disable the EWUPx pin */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
+  * @note  In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @param Regulator: Regulator state as no effect in SLEEP mode -  allows to support portability from legacy software
+  * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *           When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as 
+  *           the interrupt wake up source.
+  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  /* No check on Regulator because parameter not used in SLEEP mode */
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(Regulator);
+
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+  /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Stop mode. 
+  * @note  In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  When exiting Stop mode by using an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *        HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+  * @note  When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. 
+  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.    
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
+  * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction   
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Clear PDDS bit in PWR register to specify entering in STOP mode when CPU enter in Deepsleep */ 
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR,  PWR_CR_PDDS);
+
+  /* Select the voltage regulator mode by setting LPDS bit in PWR register according to Regulator parameter value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPDS, Regulator);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */
+    PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */
+  }
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Standby mode.
+  * @note  In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
+  *          - Reset pad (still available) 
+  *          - TAMPER pin if configured for tamper or calibration out.
+  *          - WKUP pin (PA0) if enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+  /* Select Standby mode */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. 
+  * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor 
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  *       Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+  *       interruptions handling.         
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. 
+  * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor 
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.          
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit. 
+  * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes 
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit. 
+  * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes 
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.         
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
+  * @note   This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check PWR exti flag */
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
+
+    /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWR PVD interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,881 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   Extended RCC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities RCC extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *  
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
+  * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions 
+  *  @brief  Extended Peripheral Control functions  
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks 
+    frequencies.
+    [..] 
+    (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
+        select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in  
+        order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including 
+        the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC clock).
+  *
+  * @note   Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select 
+  *         the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in  
+  *         order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including 
+  *         the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
+  *
+  * @note   In case of STM32F105xC or STM32F107xC devices, PLLI2S will be enabled if requested on 
+  *         one of 2 I2S interfaces. When PLLI2S is enabled, you need to call HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S to
+  *         manually disable it.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U, temp_reg = 0U;
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  uint32_t  pllactive = 0U;
+#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+  
+  /*------------------------------- RTC/LCD Configuration ------------------------*/ 
+  if ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
+  {
+    /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection));
+
+    FlagStatus       pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+    /* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the 
+       power domain is done. */
+    /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+    {
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+      pwrclkchanged = SET;
+    }
+    
+    if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+    {
+      /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+      SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
+      
+      /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+      
+      while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+      
+    /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */ 
+    temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL);
+    if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)))
+    {
+      /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+      temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+      /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+      /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
+      RCC->BDCR = temp_reg;
+
+      /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON))
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+      
+        /* Wait till LSE is ready */  
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }      
+        }  
+      }
+    }
+    __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); 
+
+    /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */
+    if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+    {
+      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------ ADC clock Configuration ------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the ADC clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  /*------------------------------ I2S2 Configuration ------------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the I2S2 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2S2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------ I2S3 Configuration ------------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the I2S3 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2S3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------ PLL I2S Configuration ----------------------*/ 
+  /* Check that PLLI2S need to be enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) || HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
+  {
+    /* Update flag to indicate that PLL I2S should be active */
+    pllactive = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if PLL I2S need to be enabled */
+  if (pllactive == 1)
+  {
+    /* Enable PLL I2S only if not active */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value));
+
+      /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */
+      /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \
+        (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
+      __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value);
+
+      /* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL);
+      
+      /* Enable the main PLLI2S. */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
+      
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+      
+      /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  == RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Return an error only if user wants to change the PLLI2SMUL whereas PLLI2S is active */
+      if (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL)
+      {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+
+#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
+ || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
+ || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  /*------------------------------ USB clock Configuration ------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USBPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the USB clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection);
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the PeriphClkInit according to the internal
+  * RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that 
+  *         returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC, I2S, ADC clocks).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t srcclk = 0U;
+  
+  /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+
+  /* Get the RTC configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+  /* Source clock is LSE or LSI*/
+  PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk;
+
+  /* Get the ADC clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC;
+  PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  /* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2;
+  PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3;
+  PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE();
+
+#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+
+#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
+  /* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2;
+  PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK;
+
+  /* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3;
+  PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK;
+
+#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
+
+#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
+ || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
+ || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  /* Get the USB clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB;
+  PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the peripheral clock frequency
+  * @note   Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown
+  * @param  PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC  RTC peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC  ADC peripheral clock
+  @if STM32F103xE
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F103xG
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F105xC
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F107xC
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F102xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F103xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
+{
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[14] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13};
+  const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16};
+
+  uint32_t prediv1 = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U;
+  uint32_t pll2mul = 0U, pll3mul = 0U, prediv2 = 0U;
+#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6) || \
+    defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
+  const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16};
+  const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = {1, 2};
+
+  uint32_t prediv1 = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U;
+#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
+  uint32_t temp_reg = 0U, frequency = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk));
+  
+  switch (PeriphClk)
+  {
+#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
+ || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
+ || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB:  
+    {
+      /* Get RCC configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/
+      temp_reg = RCC->CFGR;
+  
+      /* Check if PLL is enabled */
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLLON))
+      {
+        pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos];
+        if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2)
+        {
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) || defined(STM32F100xB)\
+ || defined(STM32F100xE)
+          prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_Pos];
+#else
+          prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos];
+#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC || STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */
+
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC))
+          {
+            /* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */
+            /* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */
+            prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
+            pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL_Pos) + 2;
+            pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv1) * pllmul);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */
+            pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul);
+          }
+          
+          /* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */
+          /* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */
+          if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos])
+          {
+              pllclk = pllclk / 2;
+          }
+#else
+          if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2)
+          {
+            /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */
+            pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul);
+          }
+#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */
+          pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul);
+        }
+
+        /* Calcul of the USB frequency*/
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+        /* USBCLK = PLLVCO = (2 x PLLCLK) / USB prescaler */
+        if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV2)
+        {
+          /* Prescaler of 2 selected for USB */ 
+          frequency = pllclk;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Prescaler of 3 selected for USB */ 
+          frequency = (2 * pllclk) / 3;
+        }
+#else
+        /* USBCLK = PLLCLK / USB prescaler */
+        if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL)
+        {
+          /* No prescaler selected for USB */
+          frequency = pllclk;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Prescaler of 1.5 selected for USB */ 
+          frequency = (pllclk * 2) / 3;
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2:  
+    {
+#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
+      /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */
+      frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+#else
+      if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+      {
+        /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+         /* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
+        {
+          /* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */
+          prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
+          pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL_Pos) + 2;
+          frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul));
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
+      break;
+    }
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3:
+    {
+#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
+      /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */
+      frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+#else
+      if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+      {
+        /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+         /* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
+        {
+          /* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */
+          prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
+          pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL_Pos) + 2;
+          frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul));
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC:  
+    {
+      /* Get RCC BDCR configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/
+      temp_reg = RCC->BDCR;
+
+      /* Check if LSE is ready if RTC clock selection is LSE */
+      if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Check if LSI is ready if RTC clock selection is LSI */
+      else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = HSE_VALUE / 128U;
+      }
+      /* Clock not enabled for RTC*/
+      else
+      {
+        frequency = 0U;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC:  
+    {
+      frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq() / (((__HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE() >> RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE_Pos) + 1) * 2);
+      break;
+    }
+  default: 
+    {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return(frequency);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 PLLI2S Management function
+  *  @brief  PLLI2S Management functions
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended PLLI2S Management functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLLI2S
+    activation or deactivation
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable PLLI2S
+  * @param  PLLI2SInit pointer to an RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the PLLI2S
+  * @note   The PLLI2S configuration not modified if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S(RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef  *PLLI2SInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+  /* Check that PLL I2S has not been already enabled by I2S2 or I2S3*/
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value));
+
+    /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */
+    /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \
+      (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable the main PLLI2S. */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */  
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
+    __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value);
+    
+
+    /* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL);
+    
+    /* Enable the main PLLI2S. */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
+    
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* PLLI2S cannot be modified as already used by I2S2 or I2S3 */
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable PLLI2S
+  * @note   PLLI2S is not disabled if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+  /* Disable PLL I2S as not requested by I2S2 or I2S3*/
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
+  {
+    /* Disable the main PLLI2S. */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */  
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* PLLI2S is currently used by I2S2 or I2S3. Cannot be disabled.*/
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 PLL2 Management function
+  *  @brief  PLL2 Management functions
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended PLL2 Management functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLL2
+    activation or deactivation
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable PLL2
+  * @param  PLL2Init pointer to an RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the PLL2
+  * @note   The PLL2 configuration not modified if used indirectly as system clock.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLL2(RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef  *PLL2Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+  /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system 
+    clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */
+  if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \
+        (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \
+        ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value));
+
+    /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */
+    /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \
+      (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable the main PLL2. */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE();
+    
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    
+    /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
+    __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value);
+
+    /* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL);
+    
+    /* Enable the main PLL2. */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE();
+    
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    
+    /* Wait till PLL2 is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY)  == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable PLL2
+  * @note   PLL2 is not disabled if used indirectly as system clock.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLL2(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+  /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system 
+    clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */
+  if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \
+        (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \
+        ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the main PLL2. */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    
+    /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */  
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY)  != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   Extended RTC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extension peripheral:
+  *           + RTC Tamper functions 
+  *           + Extension Control functions
+  *           + Extension RTC features functions    
+  *         
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup RTCEx RTCEx
+  * @brief RTC Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Private_Macros RTCEx Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions RTCEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 RTC Tamper functions
+  * @brief    RTC Tamper functions
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### RTC Tamper functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+ 
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Tamper feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Tamper
+  * @note   By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers. 
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure.
+  * @note   Tamper can be enabled only if ASOE and CCO bit are reset
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper)
+{
+  /* Check input parameters */
+  if((hrtc == NULL) || (sTamper == NULL))
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(BKP->RTCCR,(BKP_RTCCR_CCO | BKP_RTCCR_ASOE)))
+  {
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+    
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  MODIFY_REG(BKP->CR, (BKP_CR_TPE | BKP_CR_TPAL), (sTamper->Tamper | (sTamper->Trigger)));
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; 
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Tamper with interrupt.
+  * @note   By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper.
+  * @note   Tamper can be enabled only if ASOE and CCO bit are reset
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper)
+{
+  /* Check input parameters */
+  if((hrtc == NULL) || (sTamper == NULL))
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); 
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(BKP->RTCCR,(BKP_RTCCR_CCO | BKP_RTCCR_ASOE)))
+  {
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+    
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  MODIFY_REG(BKP->CR, (BKP_CR_TPE | BKP_CR_TPAL), (sTamper->Tamper | (sTamper->Trigger)));
+
+  /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivates Tamper.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Tamper: Selected tamper pin.
+  *          This parameter can be a value of @ref RTCEx_Tamper_Pins_Definitions
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper)
+{
+  /* Check input parameters */
+  if(hrtc == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(Tamper);
+
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(BKP->CR, BKP_CR_TPE);
+  
+  /* Disable the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */
+  /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1);
+  
+  /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
+  SET_BIT(BKP->CSR, BKP_CSR_CTE);
+  
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Tamper interrupt request.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTCEx_TamperIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{  
+  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+  if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1))
+  {
+    /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
+    if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Tamper callback */ 
+      HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc);
+  
+      /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
+      __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tamper 1 callback. 
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrtc);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Tamper1 Polling.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{  
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check input parameters */
+  if(hrtc == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+  while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== RESET)
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 RTC Second functions
+  * @brief    RTC Second functions
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### RTC Second functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+ 
+ [..] This section provides functions implementing second interupt handlers
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Interrupt for second
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSecond_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* Check input parameters */
+  if(hrtc == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable Second interuption */
+  __HAL_RTC_SECOND_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC);
+  
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivates Second.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateSecond(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* Check input parameters */
+  if(hrtc == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Deactivate Second interuption*/ 
+  __HAL_RTC_SECOND_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC);
+  
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles second interrupt request.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTCEx_RTCIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  if(__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC))
+  {
+    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_SEC))
+    {
+      /* Check if Overrun occurred */
+      if (__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_OW))
+      {
+        /* Second error callback */ 
+        HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback(hrtc);
+        
+        /* Clear flag Second */
+        __HAL_RTC_OVERFLOW_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_OW);
+        
+        /* Change RTC state */
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; 
+      }
+      else 
+      {
+        /* Second callback */ 
+        HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback(hrtc);
+        
+        /* Change RTC state */
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; 
+      }
+      
+      /* Clear flag Second */
+      __HAL_RTC_SECOND_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_SEC);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Second event callback.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrtc);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Second event error callback.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrtc);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Extension Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
+      (+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
+      (+) Sets the Smooth calibration parameters.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC. 
+  * @param  BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number.
+  *          This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 1 to 10 (or 42) to 
+  *                                 specify the register (depending devices).
+  * @param  Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register.                     
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE; 
+  tmp += (BackupRegister * 4U);
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (Data & BKP_DR1_D);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC. 
+  * @param  BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number.
+  *          This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 1 to 10 (or 42) to 
+  *                                 specify the register (depending devices).
+  * @retval Read value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister)
+{
+  uint32_t backupregister = 0U;
+  uint32_t pvalue = 0U;
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
+
+  backupregister = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE; 
+  backupregister += (BackupRegister * 4U);
+  
+  pvalue = (*(__IO uint32_t *)(backupregister)) & BKP_DR1_D;
+
+  /* Read the specified register */
+  return pvalue;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the Smooth calibration parameters.
+  * @param  hrtc: RTC handle  
+  * @param  SmoothCalibPeriod: Not used (only present for compatibility with another families)
+  * @param  SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Not used (only present for compatibility with another families)
+  * @param  SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: specifies the RTC Clock Calibration value.
+  *          This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x7F.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)
+{
+  /* Check input parameters */
+  if(hrtc == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(SmoothCalibPeriod);
+  UNUSED(SmoothCalibPlusPulses);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue));
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Sets RTC Clock Calibration value.*/
+  MODIFY_REG(BKP->RTCCR, BKP_RTCCR_CAL, SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   Extended SPI HAL module driver.
+  *    
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities SPI extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *  
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Variables SPI Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/* Variable used to determine if device is impacted by implementation of workaround
+   related to wrong CRC errors detection on SPI2. Conditions in which this workaround has to be applied, are:
+    - STM32F101CDE/STM32F103CDE
+    - Revision ID : Z
+    - SPI2
+    - In receive only mode, with CRC calculation enabled, at the end of the CRC reception,
+      the software needs to check the CRCERR flag. If it is found set, read back the SPI_RXCRC:
+        + If the value is 0, the complete data transfer is successful.
+        + Otherwise, one or more errors have been detected during the data transfer by CPU or DMA.
+      If CRCERR is found reset, the complete data transfer is considered successful.
+*/
+uint8_t uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U;
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  *
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters 
+  *         in the SPI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+  if(hspi == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit));
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
+  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial));
+  }
+#else
+  hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+    HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi);
+  }
+  
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disble the selected SPI peripheral */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+  /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Data size, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management,
+  Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */
+  WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1, (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction | hspi->Init.DataSize |
+                                  hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) |
+                                  hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit  | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation) );
+
+  /* Configure : NSS management */
+  WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2, (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16U) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode));
+
+  /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/
+  /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */
+  WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CRCPR, hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial);
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD)
+  /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD */
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F103xE)
+  /* Check RevisionID value for identifying if Device is Rev Z (0x0001) in order to enable workaround for
+     CRC errors wrongly detected */
+  /* Pb is that ES_STM32F10xxCDE also identify an issue in Debug registers access while not in Debug mode.
+     Revision ID information is only available in Debug mode, so Workaround could not be implemented
+     to distinguish Rev Z devices (issue present) from more recent version (issue fixed).
+     So, in case of Revison Z F101 or F103 devices, below variable should be assigned to 1 */
+  uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U;
+#else
+  uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U;
+#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE */
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks if encountered CRC error could be corresponding to wrongly detected errors 
+  *         according to SPI instance, Device type, and revision ID.
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval CRC error validity (SPI_INVALID_CRC_ERROR or SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR).  
+*/
+uint8_t SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE)
+  /* Check how to handle this CRC error (workaround to be applied or not) */
+  /* If CRC errors could be wrongly detected (issue 2.15.2 in STM32F10xxC/D/E silicon limitations ES (DocID14732 Rev 13) */
+  if((uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck != 0U) && (hspi->Instance == SPI2))
+  {
+    if(hspi->Instance->RXCRCR == 0U)
+    {
+      return (SPI_INVALID_CRC_ERROR);
+    }
+  }
+  return (SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR);
+#else
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  return (SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR);
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_sram.c

@@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_sram.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   SRAM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive SRAM memories  
+  *          mounted as external device.
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+  [..]
+    This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to 
+    control SRAM memories. It uses the FSMC layer functions to interface 
+    with SRAM devices.  
+    The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface
+    with SRAM/PSRAM memories: 
+      
+   (#) Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+          SRAM_HandleTypeDef  hsram; and: 
+          
+       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed 
+            values of the structure member.
+            
+       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined 
+            base register instance for NOR or SRAM device 
+                         
+       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined
+            base register instance for NOR or SRAM extended mode 
+             
+   (#) Declare two FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended 
+       mode timings; for example:
+          FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef  Timing and FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef  ExTiming;
+      and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
+      
+   (#) Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function
+       performs the following sequence:
+          
+       (##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit()
+       (##) Control register configuration using the FSMC NORSRAM interface function 
+            FSMC_NORSRAM_Init()
+       (##) Timing register configuration using the FSMC NORSRAM interface function 
+            FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
+       (##) Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FSMC NORSRAM interface function 
+            FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
+       (##) Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FSMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE()    
+
+   (#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected 
+       to the NOR/SRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
+       following APIs:
+       (++) HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
+       (++) HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
+       
+   (#) You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
+       HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation  
+       
+   (#) You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function
+       HAL_SRAM_GetState()              
+                             
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F100xE)
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM SRAM
+  * @brief SRAM driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/    
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions SRAM Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+  @verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+           ##### SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
+          the SRAM memory
+  
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure 
+  * @param  ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming)
+{ 
+  /* Check the SRAM handle parameter */
+  if(hsram == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET)
+  {  
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hsram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_SRAM_MspInit(hsram);
+  }
+  
+  /* Initialize SRAM control Interface */
+  FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(hsram->Instance, &(hsram->Init));
+
+  /* Initialize SRAM timing Interface */
+  FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hsram->Instance, Timing, hsram->Init.NSBank); 
+
+  /* Initialize SRAM extended mode timing Interface */
+  FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hsram->Extended, ExtTiming, hsram->Init.NSBank,  hsram->Init.ExtendedMode);  
+  
+  /* Enable the NORSRAM device */
+  __FSMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); 
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_SRAM_DeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{ 
+  /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(hsram);
+   
+  /* Configure the SRAM registers with their reset values */
+  FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hsram->Instance, hsram->Extended, hsram->Init.NSBank);
+
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET;
+  
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SRAM MSP Init.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hsram);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SRAM MSP DeInit.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hsram);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdma);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA transfer complete error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdma);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input Output and memory control functions 
+  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions 
+  *
+  @verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+                  ##### SRAM Input and Output functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]  
+    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory
+  
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory. 
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer  
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;  
+  
+  /* Read data from memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    psramaddress++;
+  }
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;    
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); 
+    
+  return HAL_OK;   
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory. 
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write  
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
+  
+  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR; 
+  }
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; 
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer; 
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    psramaddress++;    
+  }    
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; 
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+    
+  return HAL_OK;   
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 16-bit buffer from SRAM memory. 
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer  
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;  
+  
+  /* Read data from memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    psramaddress++;
+  }
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;    
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); 
+    
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 16-bit buffer to SRAM memory. 
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write  
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress; 
+  
+  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR; 
+  }
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; 
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer; 
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    psramaddress++;    
+  }    
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; 
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+    
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 32-bit buffer from SRAM memory. 
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer  
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;  
+  
+  /* Read data from memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    pAddress++;
+  }
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;    
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); 
+    
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 32-bit buffer to SRAM memory. 
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write  
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR; 
+  }
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; 
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress = *pSrcBuffer; 
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    pAddress++;    
+  }    
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; 
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+    
+  return HAL_OK;   
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer  
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);  
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;   
+  
+  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
+  hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
+  hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Channel */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; 
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);  
+  
+  return HAL_OK; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write  
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR; 
+  }
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; 
+  
+  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
+  hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
+  hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Channel */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;  
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);  
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions 
+ *  @brief   Control functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### SRAM Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the SRAM interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+    
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically SRAM write operation.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Enable write operation */
+  FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); 
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); 
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically SRAM write operation.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+    
+  /* Disable write operation */
+  FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); 
+  
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED;
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); 
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions 
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### SRAM State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller 
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the SRAM controller state
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  return hsram->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE */
+#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c 
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM.
+  *
+  *          This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+  *          to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation:
+  *           + Intializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers each 1ms
+  *           + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC reaches 1ms 
+  *           + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event and the time is reset to 00:00:00
+  *           + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source  
+ @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
+    (#) Rename it to 'stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c'
+    (#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
+       HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h 
+
+    [..]
+    (@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can<61>t be used with low power modes:
+        The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
+        configuration requiring different wake up sources.
+        Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed 
+    (@) The stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
+          requiring low power modes
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template  HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+                          precision.
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+                          precision.
+  */
+#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+RTC_HandleTypeDef        hRTC_Handle;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the RTC_ALARMA as a time base source. 
+  *         The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+  *         Tick interrupt priority. 
+  * @note   This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *         reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @param  TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+  RCC_OscInitTypeDef        RCC_OscInitStruct;
+  RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  PeriphClkInitStruct;
+
+#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
+  /* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
+  /* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+  /* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128;
+#else
+#error Please select the RTC Clock source
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+
+  if(HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+    if(HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Enable RTC Clock */
+      __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
+
+      hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
+      /* Configure RTC time base to 10Khz */
+      hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv =  (HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) / 10000) - 1;
+      hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUTSOURCE_NONE;
+      HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+      /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+      __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+      /* Clear flag alarm A */
+      __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+
+      counter = 0U;
+      /* Wait till RTC ALRAF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+      while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) != RESET)
+      {
+        if(counter++ == SystemCoreClock /48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
+      hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRH = 0x00U;
+      /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
+      hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRL = 0x09U;
+
+      /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+      __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+      __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+      /* Clear Second and overflow flags */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW));
+
+      /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
+      hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTH = 0x00U;
+      /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
+      hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTL = 0x00U;
+
+      /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
+      __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+      /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+      __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+      /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+      counter = 0U;
+      while((hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+      {
+        if(counter++ == SystemCoreClock /48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+
+      HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_Alarm_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+      HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_Alarm_IRQn);
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note   Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable RTC ALARM update Interrupt */
+  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note   Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+  /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
+  hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTH = 0x00U;
+  /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
+  hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTL = 0x00U;
+
+  /* Clear Second and overflow flags */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF));
+
+  /* Enable RTC ALARM Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+  /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+  while((hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    if(counter++ == SystemCoreClock /48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+    {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  ALARM A Event Callback in non blocking mode
+  * @note   This function is called  when RTC_ALARM interrupt took place, inside
+  * RTC_ALARM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+  * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+  * @param  hrtc : RTC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+  HAL_IncTick();
+
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
+  WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTH, 0x00U);
+  /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
+  WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTL, 0x00U);
+
+  /* Clear Second and overflow flags */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hrtc->Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW));
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+  while((hrtc->Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    if(counter++ == SystemCoreClock /48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+    {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles RTC ALARM interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c 
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
+  *    
+  *          This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+  *          the TIM time base:
+  *           + Intializes the TIM peripheral generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
+  *           + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
+  * 
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase_TIM
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+TIM_HandleTypeDef        TimHandle;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void TIM2_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the TIM2 as a time base source. 
+  *         The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+  *         Tick interrupt priority. 
+  * @note   This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *         reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+  * @param  TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  RCC_ClkInitTypeDef    clkconfig;
+  uint32_t              uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler = 0U;
+  uint32_t              uwPrescalerValue = 0U;
+  uint32_t              pFLatency;
+  
+    /*Configure the TIM2 IRQ priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM2_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
+  
+  /* Enable the TIM2 global Interrupt */
+  HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM2_IRQn);
+  
+  /* Enable TIM2 clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_ENABLE();
+  
+  /* Get clock configuration */
+  HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
+  
+  /* Get APB1 prescaler */
+  uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
+  
+  /* Compute TIM2 clock */
+  if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1) 
+  {
+    uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uwTimclock = 2*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+  }
+  
+  /* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM2 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
+  uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
+  
+  /* Initialize TIM2 */
+  TimHandle.Instance = TIM2;
+  
+  /* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
+  + Period = [(TIM2CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base.
+  + Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+  + ClockDivision = 0
+  + Counter direction = Up
+  */
+  TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U;
+  TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
+  TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0U;
+  TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
+  TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
+  if(HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
+    return HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle);
+  }
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note   Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM2 update interrupt.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable TIM2 update Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note   Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM2 update interrupt.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable TIM2 Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
+  * @note   This function is called  when TIM2 interrupt took place, inside
+  * HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+  * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+  * @param  htim : TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  HAL_IncTick();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles TIM interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM2_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   WWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### WWDG specific features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] 
+    Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
+    time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) 
+    before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
+    value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). 
+       
+    (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
+        before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This 
+        implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
+    (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+    (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
+        reset occurs.               
+    (+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided 
+        by a programmable prescaler.
+    (+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
+    (+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * Counter / WWDG clock
+    (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
+        (++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter _ Window) / WWDG clock
+        (++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter _ 0x40) / WWDG clock
+    
+    (+) Min-max timeout value at 36 MHz(PCLK1): 910 us / 58.25 ms 
+
+    (+) The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety 
+        operations or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is
+        generated. When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, an EWI interrupt
+        is generated and the corresponding interrupt service routine (ISR) can 
+        be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data 
+        logging), before resetting the device.
+        In some applications, the EWI interrupt can be used to manage a software
+        system check and/or system recovery/graceful degradation, without 
+        generating a WWDG reset. In this case, the corresponding interrupt 
+        service routine (ISR) should reload the WWDG counter to avoid the WWDG 
+        reset, then trigger the required actions.
+        Note:When the EWI interrupt cannot be served, e.g. due to a system lock 
+        in a higher priority task, the WWDG reset will eventually be generated.
+
+    (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
+        the WWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending 
+        on DBG_WWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
+        __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() macros
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+    (+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window, counter value and Early Wakeup 
+        Interrupt mode using using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
+        This enables WWDG peripheral and the downcounter starts downcounting 
+        from given counter value.
+        Init function can be called again to modify all watchdog parameters, 
+        however if EWI mode has been set once, it can't be clear until next 
+        reset.
+
+    (+) The application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset using
+        HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
+        the counter is lower than the window value already programmed.
+
+    (+) if Early Wakeup Interrupt mode is enable an interrupt is generated when 
+        the counter reaches 0x40. User can add his own code in weak function 
+        HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback().
+
+     *** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+     ==================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check the selected WWDG's interrupt source.
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status.
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
+  * @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]  
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
+          in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+      (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
+  *         parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of  associated handle.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
+  if(hwwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Set WWDG Counter */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @note   When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
+  *         to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
+  *         again to change parameters.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions 
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Refresh the WWDG.
+    (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refresh the WWDG.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle WWDG interrupt request.
+  * @note   The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
+  *         or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
+  *         The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with 
+  *         EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
+  *         When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
+  *         generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
+  *         be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
+  *         logging), before resetting the device.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
+  if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
+    if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
+      __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
+
+      /* Early Wakeup callback */ 
+      HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
+  * @param  hwwdg : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_adc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,903 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_adc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   ADC LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_adc.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (ADC1) || defined (ADC2) || defined (ADC3)
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:           */
+/* common to several ADC instances.                                           */
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:           */
+/* ADC instance.                                                              */
+#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__)                                   \
+  (   ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT)                            \
+   || ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT)                             \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(__SCAN_SELECTION__)                           \
+  (   ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)                        \
+   || ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE)                         \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_MODE(__SEQ_SCAN_MODE__)                             \
+  (   ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)                             \
+   || ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE)                              \
+  )
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:           */
+/* ADC group regular                                                          */
+#if defined(ADC3)
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__ADC_INSTANCE__, __REG_TRIG_SOURCE__)       \
+  ((((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC1) || ((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC2))              \
+    ? (   ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                  \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)             \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11)           \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO)             \
+      )                                                                        \
+      :                                                                        \
+      (   ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                  \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH1)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH3)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH1)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO_ADC3)        \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH1)              \
+       || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH3)              \
+      )                                                                        \
+  )
+#else
+#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__)                         \
+  (   ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                      \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11)               \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO)                 \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__)                         \
+  (   ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                      \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11)               \
+  )
+#endif
+#endif
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__)                 \
+  (   ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE)                    \
+   || ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS)                \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__)                       \
+  (   ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE)                 \
+   || ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED)            \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__)                 \
+  (   ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)               \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS)         \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS)         \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS)         \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_5RANKS)         \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_6RANKS)         \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_7RANKS)         \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_8RANKS)         \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_9RANKS)         \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_10RANKS)        \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_11RANKS)        \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_12RANKS)        \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_13RANKS)        \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_14RANKS)        \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_15RANKS)        \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_16RANKS)        \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__)          \
+  (   ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE)           \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK)             \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_2RANKS)            \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_3RANKS)            \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_4RANKS)            \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_5RANKS)            \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_6RANKS)            \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_7RANKS)            \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_8RANKS)            \
+  )
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:           */
+/* ADC group injected                                                         */
+#if defined(ADC3)
+#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__ADC_INSTANCE__, __INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__)       \
+  ((((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC1) || ((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC2))              \
+    ? (   ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                  \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO)             \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4)              \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)             \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1)              \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4)              \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)             \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15)           \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4)              \
+      )                                                                        \
+      :                                                                        \
+      (   ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                  \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO)             \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4)              \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH3)              \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH2)              \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4_ADC3)         \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO)             \
+       || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH4)              \
+      )                                                                        \
+  )
+#else
+#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
+#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__)                         \
+  (   ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                      \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4)                  \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1)                  \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4)                  \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15)               \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4)                  \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__)                         \
+  (   ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                      \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4)                  \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1)                  \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4)                  \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15)               \
+  )
+#endif
+#endif
+#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__)                             \
+  (   ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT)                     \
+   || ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_FROM_GRP_REGULAR)                \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__)                 \
+  (   ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)               \
+   || ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS)         \
+   || ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS)         \
+   || ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS)         \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__)          \
+  (   ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE)           \
+   || ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK)             \
+  )
+
+#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT)
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:           */
+/* multimode.                                                                 */
+#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(__MULTI_MODE__)                                   \
+  (   ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT)                           \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT)                       \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL_FAST)                  \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL_SLOW)                  \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT)                       \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN)                       \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM)                  \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT)                  \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTFAST_INJ_SIM)              \
+   || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTSLOW_INJ_SIM)              \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE(__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__)                   \
+  (   ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER)                        \
+   || ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_SLAVE)                         \
+   || ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE)                  \
+  )
+
+#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
+  *         the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
+  * @param  ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
+  *         (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
+  
+  /* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
+  LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC1);
+  
+  /* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
+  LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC1);
+  
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of ADC common parameters
+  *         (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance)
+  *         and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available).
+  * @note   The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to
+  *         ADC instances state:
+  *         All ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance
+  *         must be disabled.
+  * @param  ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
+  *         (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
+  * @param  ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
+#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode));
+#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of functions             */
+  /*       "LL_ADC_SetCommonXXX()" and "LL_ADC_SetMultiXXX()"):               */
+  /*       On this STM32 serie, setting of these features is conditioned to   */
+  /*       ADC state:                                                         */
+  /*       All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled.        */
+  if(__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:                               */
+    /*  - common to several ADC                                               */
+    /*    (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance)       */
+    /*  - multimode (if several ADC instances available on the                */
+    /*    selected device)                                                    */
+    /*    - Set ADC multimode configuration                                   */
+    /*    - Set ADC multimode DMA transfer                                    */
+    /*    - Set ADC multimode: delay between 2 sampling phases                */
+#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT)
+    if(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode != LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CR1,
+                 ADC_CR1_DUALMOD,
+                 ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CR1,
+                 ADC_CR1_DUALMOD,
+                 LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT
+                );
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: One or several ADC instances belonging to        */
+    /* the same ADC common instance are not disabled.                         */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
+  *                              whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set ADC_CommonInitStruct fields to default values */
+  /* Set fields of ADC common */
+  /* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
+  
+#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT)
+  /* Set fields of ADC multimode */
+  ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode             = LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT;
+#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @note   To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
+  *         use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
+  * @param  ADCx ADC instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+  
+  /* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled.                            */
+  if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not      */
+    /* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop    */
+    /* ADC disable process.                                                   */
+    LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
+    
+    /* Set ADC group injected trigger source to SW start to ensure to not     */
+    /* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop    */
+    /* ADC disable process.                                                   */
+    LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
+    
+    /* Disable the ADC instance */
+    LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
+  }
+  
+  /* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
+  /* (hardware requirements of bits state to reset registers below) */
+  if(READ_BIT(ADCx->CR2, ADC_CR2_ADON) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
+    /* Reset register SR */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SR,
+              (  LL_ADC_FLAG_STRT
+               | LL_ADC_FLAG_JSTRT
+               | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS
+               | LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS
+               | LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1 )
+             );
+    
+    /* Reset register CR1 */
+  #if defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG)
+
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR1,
+              (  ADC_CR1_AWDEN   | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN  | ADC_CR1_DUALMOD
+               | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM | ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN
+               | ADC_CR1_JAUTO   | ADC_CR1_AWDSGL  | ADC_CR1_SCAN
+               | ADC_CR1_JEOCIE  | ADC_CR1_AWDIE   | ADC_CR1_EOCIE
+               | ADC_CR1_AWDCH                                     )
+             );
+  #else 
+
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR1,
+              (  ADC_CR1_AWDEN   | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN  | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM 
+               | ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN  | ADC_CR1_JAUTO
+               | ADC_CR1_AWDSGL  | ADC_CR1_SCAN    | ADC_CR1_JEOCIE  
+               | ADC_CR1_AWDIE   | ADC_CR1_EOCIE   | ADC_CR1_AWDCH )
+             );
+  #endif
+    
+    /* Reset register CR2 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR2,
+              (  ADC_CR2_TSVREFE
+               | ADC_CR2_SWSTART  | ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG  | ADC_CR2_EXTSEL
+               | ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG | ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL
+               | ADC_CR2_ALIGN    | ADC_CR2_DMA
+               | ADC_CR2_RSTCAL   | ADC_CR2_CAL
+               | ADC_CR2_CONT     | ADC_CR2_ADON                      )
+             );
+    
+    /* Reset register SMPR1 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR1,
+              (  ADC_SMPR1_SMP17 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP16
+               | ADC_SMPR1_SMP15 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP14 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP13
+               | ADC_SMPR1_SMP12 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP11 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP10)
+             );
+    
+    /* Reset register SMPR2 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR2,
+              (  ADC_SMPR2_SMP9
+               | ADC_SMPR2_SMP8 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP7 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP6
+               | ADC_SMPR2_SMP5 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP4 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP3
+               | ADC_SMPR2_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP1 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP0)
+             );
+    
+    /* Reset register JOFR1 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR1, ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1);
+    /* Reset register JOFR2 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR2, ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2);
+    /* Reset register JOFR3 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR3, ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3);
+    /* Reset register JOFR4 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR4, ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4);
+    
+    /* Reset register HTR */
+    SET_BIT(ADCx->HTR, ADC_HTR_HT);
+    /* Reset register LTR */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->LTR, ADC_LTR_LT);
+    
+    /* Reset register SQR1 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR1,
+              (  ADC_SQR1_L
+               | ADC_SQR1_SQ16
+               | ADC_SQR1_SQ15 | ADC_SQR1_SQ14 | ADC_SQR1_SQ13)
+             );
+             
+    /* Reset register SQR2 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR2,
+              (  ADC_SQR2_SQ12 | ADC_SQR2_SQ11 | ADC_SQR2_SQ10
+               | ADC_SQR2_SQ9 | ADC_SQR2_SQ8 | ADC_SQR2_SQ7)
+             );
+    
+    
+    /* Reset register JSQR */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JSQR,
+              (  ADC_JSQR_JL
+               | ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ3
+               | ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ1  )
+             );
+    
+    /* Reset register DR */
+    /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
+    
+    /* Reset registers JDR1, JDR2, JDR3, JDR4 */
+    /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
+    
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of ADC instance.
+  * @note   These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
+  *         Affects both group regular and group injected (availability
+  *         of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families).
+  *         Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
+  *         @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to ADC state:
+  *         ADC instance must be disabled.
+  *         This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
+  *         and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
+  *         features can be set under different ADC state conditions
+  *         (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
+  *         ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
+  *         Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
+  *         and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
+  *         refer to description of each function for setting
+  *         conditioned to ADC state.
+  * @note   After using this function, some other features must be configured
+  *         using LL unitary functions.
+  *         The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
+  *          - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer:
+  *            map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
+  *            Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().
+  *          - Set ADC channel sampling time
+  *            Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
+  * @param  ADCx ADC instance
+  * @param  ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+  
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode));
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       ADC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:                               */
+    /*  - ADC instance                                                        */
+    /*    - Set ADC conversion data alignment                                 */
+    MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
+                 ADC_CR1_SCAN
+              ,
+                 ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode
+              );
+    
+    MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
+                 ADC_CR2_ALIGN
+              ,
+                 ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
+              );
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                        whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  /* Set fields of ADC instance */
+  ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+  
+  /* Enable scan mode to have a generic behavior with ADC of other            */
+  /* STM32 families, without this setting available:                          */
+  /* ADC group regular sequencer and ADC group injected sequencer depend      */
+  /* only of their own configuration.                                         */
+  ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode      = LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE;
+  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
+  * @note   These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
+  *         Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
+  *         @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
+  *         (functions with prefix "REG").
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to ADC state:
+  *         ADC instance must be disabled.
+  *         This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
+  *         and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
+  *         features can be set under different ADC state conditions
+  *         (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
+  *         ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
+  *         Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
+  *         and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
+  *         refer to description of each function for setting
+  *         conditioned to ADC state.
+  * @note   After using this function, other features must be configured
+  *         using LL unitary functions.
+  *         The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
+  *          - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer:
+  *            map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
+  *            Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().
+  *          - Set ADC channel sampling time
+  *            Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
+  * @param  ADCx ADC instance
+  * @param  ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+#if defined(ADC3)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+#else
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+#endif
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
+  if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
+  }
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer));
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       ADC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:                               */
+    /*  - ADC group regular                                                   */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular trigger source                              */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular sequencer length                            */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode                */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular continuous mode                             */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or    */
+    /*      transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode                            */
+    /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting       */
+    /*       ADC conversion.                                                  */
+    /*       Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig().      */
+    if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
+                   ADC_CR1_DISCEN
+                 | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
+                ,
+                   ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength
+                 | ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
+                   ADC_CR1_DISCEN
+                 | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
+                ,
+                   ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength
+                 | LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
+                );
+    }
+    
+    MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
+                 ADC_CR2_EXTSEL
+               | ADC_CR2_CONT
+               | ADC_CR2_DMA
+              ,
+                 ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+               | ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
+               | ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
+              );
+
+    /* Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction */
+    /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):     */
+    /* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled                    */
+    /*       (refer to  ADC instance initialization structure                 */
+    /*       parameter @ref SequencersScanMode                                */
+    /*       or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ),               */
+    /*       this parameter is discarded.                                     */
+    LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                            whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  /* Set fields of ADC group regular */
+  /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting         */
+  /*       ADC conversion.                                                    */
+  /*       Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig().        */
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource    = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength  = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode   = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer      = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of ADC group injected.
+  * @note   These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group injected.
+  *         Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
+  *         @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
+  *         (functions with prefix "INJ").
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to ADC state:
+  *         ADC instance must be disabled.
+  *         This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
+  *         and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
+  *         features can be set under different ADC state conditions
+  *         (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
+  *         ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
+  *         Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
+  *         and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
+  *         refer to description of each function for setting
+  *         conditioned to ADC state.
+  * @note   After using this function, other features must be configured
+  *         using LL unitary functions.
+  *         The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
+  *          - Set ADC group injected sequencer:
+  *            map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
+  *            Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks().
+  *          - Set ADC channel sampling time
+  *            Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
+  * @param  ADCx ADC instance
+  * @param  ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_INJ_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+#if defined(ADC3)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(ADCx, ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+#else
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+#endif
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
+  if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
+  }
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto));
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       ADC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:                               */
+    /*  - ADC group injected                                                  */
+    /*    - Set ADC group injected trigger source                             */
+    /*    - Set ADC group injected sequencer length                           */
+    /*    - Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode               */
+    /*    - Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or         */
+    /*      from ADC group regular                                            */
+    /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting       */
+    /*       ADC conversion.                                                  */
+    /*       Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig().      */
+    if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
+                   ADC_CR1_JDISCEN
+                 | ADC_CR1_JAUTO
+                ,
+                   ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
+                 | ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
+                   ADC_CR1_JDISCEN
+                 | ADC_CR1_JAUTO
+                ,
+                   LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
+                 | ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto
+                );
+    }
+    
+    MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
+               ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL
+              ,
+               ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+              );
+    
+    /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):     */
+    /* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled                    */
+    /*       (refer to  ADC instance initialization structure                 */
+    /*       parameter @ref SequencersScanMode                                */
+    /*       or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ),               */
+    /*       this parameter is discarded.                                     */
+    LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                            whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_ADC_INJ_StructInit(LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set ADC_INJ_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  /* Set fields of ADC group injected */
+  ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource    = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+  ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength  = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
+  ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
+  ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto         = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* ADC1 || ADC2 || ADC3 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   CRC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_crc.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (CRC)
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  CRCx CRC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
+
+  if (CRCx == CRC)
+  {
+
+    /* Reset the CRC calculation unit */
+    LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit(CRCx);
+
+    /* Reset IDR register */
+    LL_CRC_Write_IDR(CRCx, 0x00U);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (CRC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_dac.c

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_dac.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   DAC LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_dac.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DAC)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__)                           \
+  (                                                                            \
+      ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1)                                  \
+   || ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2)                                  \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__)           \
+  (   ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__)      \
+  (   ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0) \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095)    \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__)                             \
+  (   ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE)                     \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE)                    \
+  )
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @param  DACx DAC instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+  
+  /* Force reset of DAC1 clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+  
+  /* Release reset of DAC1 clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of DAC instance.
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to DAC state:
+  *         DAC instance must be disabled.
+  * @param  DACx DAC instance
+  * @param  DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2
+  * @param  DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
+  if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
+  }
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function)        */
+  /*       DAC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if(LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of DAC channel:                                          */
+    /*  - TriggerSource                                                       */
+    /*  - WaveAutoGeneration                                                  */
+    /*  - OutputBuffer                                                        */
+    if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+                 (  DAC_CR_TSEL1
+                  | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+                  | DAC_CR_MAMP1
+                  | DAC_CR_BOFF1
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                ,
+                 (  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+                 (  DAC_CR_TSEL1
+                  | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+                  | DAC_CR_BOFF1
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                ,
+                 (  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+                  | LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled.                    */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                       whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource            = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration       = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
+  /* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled,           */
+  /*       set anyway to its default value.                                   */
+  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
+  DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer             = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DAC */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   DMA LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_dma.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__)          (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__)               (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE)      || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE)      || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__)             ((__VALUE__)  <= 0x0000FFFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__)           (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW)    || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH)   || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
+
+#if defined (DMA2)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                            (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+                                                            (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+                                                            (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                            (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                             ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  DMAx DMAx Instance
+  * @param  Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)DMA1_Channel1;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+  tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
+  CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+
+  /* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
+  LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CCR, 0U);
+
+  /* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
+  LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CNDTR, 0U);
+
+  /* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
+  LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CPAR, 0U);
+
+  /* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */
+  LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CMAR, 0U);
+
+  if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
+    LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
+    LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
+    LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
+    LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
+    LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
+  }
+
+  else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
+    LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
+    LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
+  * @note   To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
+  *         @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
+  *         @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
+  * @param  DMAx DMAx Instance
+  * @param  Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
+
+  /*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
+   *                          peripheral and memory increment mode,
+   *                          data size alignment and  priority level with parameters :
+   * - Direction:      DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
+   * - Mode:           DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode:  DMA_CCR_PINC bit
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode:  DMA_CCR_MINC bit
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
+   * - Priority:               DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->Mode                   | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode  | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode  | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
+
+  /*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
+   * Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
+
+  /*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
+   * Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
+
+  /*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
+   * Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
+   * - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress  = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress  = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Direction              = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Mode                   = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode  = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode  = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct->NbData                 = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Priority               = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   EXTI LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_exti.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (EXTI)
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__)              (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__)                   (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT)            \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT)         \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__)                (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)       \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING)     \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING)    \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR,   0x00000000U);
+  /* Event mask register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR,   0x00000000U);
+  /* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR,  0x00000000U);
+  /* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR,  0x00000000U);
+  /* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U);
+  /* Pending register clear */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR,    0x000FFFFFU);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
+
+  /* ENABLE LineCommand */
+  if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
+
+    /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+    if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
+    {
+      switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
+      {
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
+          /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
+          /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
+          /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        default:
+          status = ERROR;
+          break;
+      }
+      if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
+      {
+        switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
+        {
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
+            /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            /* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
+            /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          default:
+            status = ERROR;
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* DISABLE LineCommand */
+  else
+  {
+    /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+    LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+    LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31      = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand    = DISABLE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Mode           = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger        = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,931 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   FSMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Flexible Static Memory Controller (FSMC) peripheral memories:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  =============================================================================
+                        ##### FSMC peripheral features #####
+  =============================================================================
+    [..] The Flexible static memory controller (FSMC) includes following memory controllers:
+         (+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
+         (+) The PC Card memory controller
+         (+) The NAND memory controller
+             (PC Card and NAND controllers available only on STM32F101xE, STM32F103xE, STM32F101xG and STM32F103xG)
+
+    [..] The FSMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static
+         memories and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are:
+         (+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol.
+         (+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices.
+
+    [..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller.
+         Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FSMC performs
+         only one access at a time to an external device.
+         The main features of the FSMC controller are the following:
+          (+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
+             (++) Static random access memory (SRAM).
+             (++) NOR Flash memory.
+             (++) PSRAM (4 memory banks).
+             (++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices.
+             (++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of
+                  data.
+          (+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank.
+          (+) Independent configuration for each memory bank.
+        
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(FSMC_BANK1)
+
+#if defined(HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED)
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_LL FSMC Low Layer
+  * @brief FSMC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_LL_Exported_Functions FSMC Low Layer Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM FSMC NORSRAM Controller functions
+  * @brief    NORSRAM Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### How to use NORSRAM device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NORSRAM banks in order
+    to run the NORSRAM external devices.
+
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit()
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
+        FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+       
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group1
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NORSRAM interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FSMC NORSRAM interface
+    (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(Init->WrapMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst));
+
+  /* Disable NORSRAM Device */
+  __FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Init->NSBank);
+
+  /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
+  if (Init->MemoryType == FSMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR)
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank], BCR_CLEAR_MASK, (uint32_t)(FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE
+               | Init->DataAddressMux
+               | Init->MemoryType
+               | Init->MemoryDataWidth
+               | Init->BurstAccessMode
+               | Init->WaitSignalPolarity
+               | Init->WrapMode
+               | Init->WaitSignalActive
+               | Init->WriteOperation
+               | Init->WaitSignal
+               | Init->ExtendedMode
+               | Init->AsynchronousWait
+               | Init->WriteBurst
+                                                                     )
+              );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank], BCR_CLEAR_MASK, (uint32_t)(FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_DISABLE
+               | Init->DataAddressMux
+               | Init->MemoryType
+               | Init->MemoryDataWidth
+               | Init->BurstAccessMode
+               | Init->WaitSignalPolarity
+               | Init->WrapMode
+               | Init->WaitSignalActive
+               | Init->WriteOperation
+               | Init->WaitSignal
+               | Init->ExtendedMode
+               | Init->AsynchronousWait
+               | Init->WriteBurst
+                                                                     )
+              );
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the FSMC_NORSRAM peripheral 
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  ExDevice: Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable the FSMC_NORSRAM device */
+  __FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device */
+  /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DBU;
+  }
+  /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  else
+  {   
+    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2U; 
+  }
+  
+  Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
+  ExDevice->BWTR[Bank]    = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
+   
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Set FSMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U],                                                        \
+             BTR_CLEAR_MASK,                                                                \
+             (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                                          | \
+                        ((Timing->AddressHoldTime)        << FSMC_BTRx_ADDHLD_Pos)        | \
+                        ((Timing->DataSetupTime)          << FSMC_BTRx_DATAST_Pos)        | \
+                        ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)  << FSMC_BTRx_BUSTURN_Pos)       | \
+                        (((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U)     << FSMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos)        | \
+                        (((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U)     << FSMC_BTRx_DATLAT_Pos)        | \
+                        (Timing->AccessMode)));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @param  ExtendedMode FSMC Extended Mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_DISABLE
+  *            @arg FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode));
+
+  /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
+  if(ExtendedMode == FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
+#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG)
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
+#else
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
+#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+    /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
+#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG)
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank],                                                      \
+               BWTR_CLEAR_MASK,                                                         \
+               (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                                    | \
+                          ((Timing->AddressHoldTime)        << FSMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) | \
+                          ((Timing->DataSetupTime)          << FSMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos) | \
+                          Timing->AccessMode                                          | \
+                          ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)  << FSMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN_Pos)));
+#else
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank],                                                      \
+               BWTR_CLEAR_MASK,                                                         \
+               (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                                    | \
+                          ((Timing->AddressHoldTime)  << FSMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos)       | \
+                          ((Timing->DataSetupTime)    << FSMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos)       | \
+                          Timing->AccessMode                                          | \
+                          (((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U)  << FSMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos)     | \
+                          (((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U)  << FSMC_BWTRx_DATLAT_Pos)));
+#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Group2 Control functions
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### FSMC_NORSRAM Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FSMC NORSRAM interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Enable write operation */
+  SET_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable write operation */
+  CLEAR_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if (defined (STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG))
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND FSMC NAND Controller functions
+  * @brief    NAND Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use NAND device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NAND banks in order
+    to run the NAND external devices.
+
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank reset using the function FSMC_NAND_DeInit()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NAND_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions
+        FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FSMC_NAND_GetECC()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NAND interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FSMC NAND interface
+    (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_NAND device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FSMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
+
+  /* Set NAND device control parameters */
+  if (Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR2, PCR_CLEAR_MASK, (Init->Waitfeature                             |
+                                              FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND                     |
+                                              Init->MemoryDataWidth                         |
+                                              Init->EccComputation                          |
+                                              Init->ECCPageSize                             |
+                                              ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos) |
+                                              ((Init->TARSetupTime)  << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR3, PCR_CLEAR_MASK, (Init->Waitfeature                             |
+                                              FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND                     |
+                                              Init->MemoryDataWidth                         |
+                                              Init->EccComputation                          |
+                                              Init->ECCPageSize                             |
+                                              ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos) |
+                                              ((Init->TARSetupTime)  << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos)));
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM2, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime                                         | \
+                                                ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos)      | \
+                                                ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos)      | \
+                                                ((Timing->HiZSetupTime)  << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM3, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime                                         | \
+                                                ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos)      | \
+                                                ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos)      | \
+                                                ((Timing->HiZSetupTime)  << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos)));
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT2, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime                                         | \
+                                                ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos)      | \
+                                                ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos)      | \
+                                                ((Timing->HiZSetupTime)  << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT3, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime                                         | \
+                                                ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos)      | \
+                                                ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos)      | \
+                                                ((Timing->HiZSetupTime)  << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos)));
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FSMC_NAND device 
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_DeInit(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable the NAND Bank */
+  __FSMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK2 registers to their reset values */
+    WRITE_REG(Device->PCR2,  0x00000018U);
+    WRITE_REG(Device->SR2,   0x00000040U);
+    WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM2, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
+    WRITE_REG(Device->PATT2, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
+  }
+  /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */
+    WRITE_REG(Device->PCR3,  0x00000018U);
+    WRITE_REG(Device->SR3,   0x00000040U);
+    WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM3, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
+    WRITE_REG(Device->PATT3, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                       ##### FSMC_NAND Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FSMC NAND interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Enable ECC feature */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(Device->PCR2, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SET_BIT(Device->PCR3, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable ECC feature */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCR2, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCR3, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  ECCval: Pointer to ECC value
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout wait value  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_GetECC(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until FIFO is empty */
+  while(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the ECCR2 register value */
+    *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the ECCR3 register value */
+    *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR3;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD FSMC PCCARD Controller functions
+  * @brief    PCCARD Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use PCCARD device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC PCCARD bank in order
+    to run the PCCARD/compact flash external devices.
+
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank reset using the function FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit()
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank control configuration using the function FSMC_PCCARD_Init()
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank common space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank IO space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC PCCARD interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FSMC PCCARD interface
+    (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FSMC_PCCARD_HandleTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to PCCARD Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
+
+  /* Set FSMC_PCCARD device control parameters */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR4,
+             (FSMC_PCRx_PTYP | FSMC_PCRx_PWAITEN |  FSMC_PCRx_PWID  |
+              FSMC_PCRx_TCLR | FSMC_PCRx_TAR),
+             (FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_PCCARD                           |
+              Init->Waitfeature                                     |
+              FSMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_16                        |
+              (Init->TCLRSetupTime << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos)           |
+              (Init->TARSetupTime << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos)));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Common space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM4, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK,
+             (Timing->SetupTime                                     |
+              ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos)  |
+              ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos)  |
+              ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos)));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Attribute space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT4, PATT_CLEAR_MASK,                          \
+             (Timing->SetupTime                                     | \
+              ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos)  | \
+              ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos)  | \
+              ((Timing->HiZSetupTime)  << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos)));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD IO space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Set FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->PIO4, PIO4_CLEAR_MASK,                        \
+             (Timing->SetupTime                                  | \
+              (Timing->WaitSetupTime   << FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4_Pos) | \
+              (Timing->HoldSetupTime   << FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4_Pos) | \
+              (Timing->HiZSetupTime    << FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4_Pos)));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FSMC_PCCARD device
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+
+  /* Disable the FSMC_PCCARD device */
+  __FSMC_PCCARD_DISABLE(Device);
+
+  /* De-initialize the FSMC_PCCARD device */
+  WRITE_REG(Device->PCR4,  0x00000018U);
+  WRITE_REG(Device->SR4,   0x00000040U);
+  WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM4, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
+  WRITE_REG(Device->PATT4, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
+  WRITE_REG(Device->PIO4,  0xFCFCFCFCU);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#endif /* FSMC_BANK1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   GPIO LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG)
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__)          ((((uint32_t)0x00000000U) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__)         (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG)       ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING)     ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT)        ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT)       ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))    
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW)       ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM)    ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH))
+											
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL)  ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
+											
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__)         (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN)   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP))
+											
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  GPIOx GPIO Port
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR:   Wrong GPIO Port
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+
+  /* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
+  if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
+  {
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
+  {
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
+  {
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
+  {
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+  }
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
+  {
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+  }
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
+  {
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+  }
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)  
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
+  {
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
+  }
+#endif
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
+  * @param  GPIOx GPIO Port
+  * @param  GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR:   Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t pinpos     = 0x00000000U;
+  uint32_t currentpin = 0x00000000U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
+  
+  /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
+  /* Initialize  pinpos on first pin set */
+  pinpos = POSITION_VAL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin);
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while ((((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & 0x0000FFFFU) >> pinpos) != 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    if(pinpos <8 )
+    {
+      currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000101U << pinpos);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & ((0x00010001U << (pinpos-8)) | 0x04000000U);
+    }
+
+    if (currentpin)
+    {
+      /* Pin Mode configuration */
+      LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
+	  
+      /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
+      LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
+	  
+      if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING))
+      {
+        /* Speed mode configuration */
+        LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
+      }
+    }
+    pinpos++;
+  }
+  
+  if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING))
+  {
+    /* Check Output mode parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
+
+    /* Output mode configuration*/
+    LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
+  }
+  return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                          whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Pin        = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Mode       = LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Speed      = 0x00000000U;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Pull       = LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.c

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   I2C LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2)
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C)          || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST)   || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(__VALUE__)           (((__VALUE__) > 0U) && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2C_MAX_SPEED_FAST))
+
+#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(__VALUE__)            (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__)       ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__)   (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__)       (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  I2Cx I2C Instance.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+uint32_t LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+  if (I2Cx == I2C1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+  }
+#if defined(I2C2)
+  else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+  }
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
+  * @param  I2Cx I2C Instance.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
+
+  /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+  /* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
+
+  /* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+  LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
+
+  /* Retrieve Clock frequencies */
+  LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx SCL Clock Speed Configuration ------------
+   * Configure the SCL speed :
+   * - ClockSpeed: I2C_CR2_FREQ[5:0], I2C_TRISE_TRISE[5:0], I2C_CCR_FS,
+   *           and I2C_CCR_CCR[11:0] bits
+   * - DutyCycle: I2C_CCR_DUTY[7:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed(I2Cx, rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency, I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed, I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
+   * Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
+   * - OwnAddress1:  I2C_OAR1_ADD[9:8], I2C_OAR1_ADD[7:1] and I2C_OAR1_ADD0 bits
+   * - OwnAddrSize:  I2C_OAR1_ADDMODE bit
+   */
+  LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
+  * Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
+   * - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBUS, I2C_CR1_SMBTYPE and I2C_CR1_ENARP bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
+
+  /* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+  LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
+   * after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
+   * - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
+   */
+  LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode  = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
+  I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed      = 5000U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle       = LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2;
+  I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1     = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
+  I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize     = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   PWR LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(PWR)
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Force reset of PWR clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+  /* Release reset of PWR clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined(PWR) */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   RCC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(RCC)
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_LL RCC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE) \
+                                             || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE))
+#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(USB) || defined(USB_OTG_FS)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE))
+#endif /* USB */
+
+#define IS_LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions RCC Private functions
+  * @{
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void);
+uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency);
+uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
+uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
+uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void);
+#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
+uint32_t RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S(void);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
+#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
+uint32_t RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq(void);
+#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+  * @note   The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+  *         - HSI ON and used as system clock source
+  *         - HSE PLL, PLL2, PLL3 OFF 
+  *         - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.
+  *         - CSS, MCO OFF
+  *         - All interrupts disabled
+  * @note   This function doesn't modify the configuration of the
+  *         - Peripheral clocks
+  *         - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RCC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+  uint32_t vl_mask = 0U;
+
+  /* Set HSION bit */
+  LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
+
+  /* Reset SW, HPRE, PPRE, MCOSEL, PLLXTPRE, PLLSRC and ADCPRE bits */
+  vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+  CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CFGR_SW | RCC_CFGR_HPRE | RCC_CFGR_PPRE1 | RCC_CFGR_PPRE2 | RCC_CFGR_MCOSEL |\
+            RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE | RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE));
+
+#if defined(USB)
+  /* Reset USBPRE bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, RCC_CFGR_USBPRE);
+#elif defined(USB_OTG_FS)
+  /* Reset OTGFSPRE bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE);
+#endif /* USB */
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2)
+  /* Set PLL multiplication factor to 2 */
+  vl_mask |= RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2;
+#else
+  /* Set PLL multiplication factor to 4 */
+  vl_mask |= RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL4;
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2 */
+
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, vl_mask);
+
+  /* Reset HSEON, HSEBYP, CSSON, PLLON bits */
+  vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+  CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSEBYP));
+
+#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON)
+  /* Reset PLL2ON bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, RCC_CR_PLL2ON);
+#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */
+
+#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL3ON)
+  /* Reset PLL3ON bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, RCC_CR_PLL3ON);
+#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL3ON */
+
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CR, vl_mask);
+
+  /* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value */
+  LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U);
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
+  /* Reset CFGR2 register */
+  vl_mask = 0x00000000U;
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
+  /* Set PLL2 multiplication factor to 8 */
+  vl_mask |= RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL8;
+#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
+  /* Set PLL3 multiplication factor to 8 */
+  vl_mask |= RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL8;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
+
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR2, vl_mask);
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1 */
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts */
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CIR, 0x00000000U);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Get_Freq
+  * @brief  Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks;  System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks
+  *         and different peripheral clocks available on the device.
+  * @note   If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(**)
+  * @note   If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(***)
+  * @note   If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on 
+  *         HSI_VALUE(**) or HSE_VALUE(***) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+  * @note   (**) HSI_VALUE is a defined constant but the real value may vary 
+  *              depending on the variations in voltage and temperature.
+  * @note   (***) HSE_VALUE is a defined constant, user has to ensure that
+  *               HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the crystal used.
+  *               Otherwise, this function may have wrong result.
+  * @note   The result of this function could be incorrect when using fractional
+  *         value for HSE crystal.
+  * @note   This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+  *         baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks;  System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks
+  * @note   Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function
+  *         must be called to update structure fields. Otherwise, any
+  *         configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  * @param  RCC_Clocks pointer to a @ref LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold the clocks frequencies
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef *RCC_Clocks)
+{
+  /* Get SYSCLK frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency   = RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency);
+
+  /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency  = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency);
+
+  /* PCLK2 clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency  = RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency);
+}
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC)
+/**
+  * @brief  Return I2Sx clock frequency
+  * @param  I2SxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE
+  * @retval I2S clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(uint32_t I2SxSource)
+{
+  uint32_t i2s_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE(I2SxSource));
+
+  /* I2S1CLK clock frequency */
+  switch (LL_RCC_GetI2SClockSource(I2SxSource))
+  {
+    case LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:        /*!< System clock selected as I2S clock source */
+    case LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+      i2s_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+      break;
+
+    case LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S_VCO:    /*!< PLLI2S oscillator clock selected as I2S clock source */
+    case LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S_VCO:
+    default:
+      i2s_frequency = RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S() * 2U;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return i2s_frequency;
+}
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC */
+
+#if defined(USB) || defined(USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+  * @brief  Return USBx clock frequency
+  * @param  USBxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE
+  * @retval USB clock frequency (in Hz)
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI), HSE or PLL is not ready
+  */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq(uint32_t USBxSource)
+{
+  uint32_t usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(USBxSource));
+
+  /* USBCLK clock frequency */
+  switch (LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource(USBxSource))
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_USBPRE)  
+    case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL:        /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */
+      if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
+      {
+        usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_1_5:        /* PLL clock divided by 1.5 used as USB clock source */
+    default:
+      if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
+      {
+        usb_frequency = (RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS() * 3U) / 2U;
+      }
+      break;
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR_USBPRE */
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE)
+    /* USBCLK = PLLVCO/2 
+              = (2 x PLLCLK) / 2 
+              = PLLCLK */
+    case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_2:        /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */
+      if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
+      {
+        usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    /* USBCLK = PLLVCO/3 
+              = (2 x PLLCLK) / 3 */
+    case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_3:        /* PLL clock divided by 3 used as USB clock source */
+    default:
+      if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
+      {
+        usb_frequency = (RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS() * 2U) / 3U;
+      }
+      break;
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE */
+  }
+
+  return usb_frequency;
+}
+#endif /* USB */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return ADCx clock frequency
+  * @param  ADCxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE
+  * @retval ADC clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetADCClockFreq(uint32_t ADCxSource)
+{
+  uint32_t adc_prescaler = 0U;
+  uint32_t adc_frequency = 0U;
+
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE(ADCxSource));
+
+  /* Get ADC prescaler */
+  adc_prescaler = LL_RCC_GetADCClockSource(ADCxSource);
+
+  /* ADC frequency = PCLK2 frequency / ADC prescaler (2, 4, 6 or 8) */
+  adc_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()))
+                  / (((adc_prescaler >> POSITION_VAL(ADCxSource)) + 1U) * 2U);
+
+  return adc_frequency;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return SYSTEM clock frequency
+  * @retval SYSTEM clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void)
+{
+  uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+
+  /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+  switch (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource())
+  {
+    case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI:  /* HSI used as system clock  source */
+      frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+
+    case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE:  /* HSE used as system clock  source */
+      frequency = HSE_VALUE;
+      break;
+
+    case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL:  /* PLL used as system clock  source */
+      frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return frequency;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return HCLK clock frequency
+  * @param  SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK clock frequency
+  * @retval HCLK clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency)
+{
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler());
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return PCLK1 clock frequency
+  * @param  HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency
+  * @retval PCLK1 clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
+{
+  /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK1_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler());
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return PCLK2 clock frequency
+  * @param  HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency
+  * @retval PCLK2 clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
+{
+  /* PCLK2 clock frequency */
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK2_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB2Prescaler());
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
+  * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void)
+{
+  uint32_t pllinputfreq = 0U, pllsource = 0U;
+
+  /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE, HSI_VALUE or PLL2 / PLL Predivider) * PLL Multiplicator */
+
+  /* Get PLL source */
+  pllsource = LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource();
+
+  switch (pllsource)
+  {
+    case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+      pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
+      break;
+
+    case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:       /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+      pllinputfreq = HSE_VALUE / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U);
+      break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
+    case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_PLL2:       /* PLL2 used as PLL clock source */
+      pllinputfreq = RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq() / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U);
+      break;
+#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
+
+    default:
+      pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
+      break;
+  }
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(pllinputfreq, LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator());
+}
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
+/**
+  * @brief  Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
+  * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq(void)
+{
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLL2CLK_FREQ(HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLL2_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_HSE_GetPrediv2());
+}
+#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
+/**
+  * @brief  Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
+  * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S(void)
+{
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2SCLK_FREQ(HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_HSE_GetPrediv2());
+}
+#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(RCC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,558 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017                                                                                          
+  * @brief   RTC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_cortex.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(RTC)
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Default values used for prescaler */
+#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT     0x00007FFFU
+
+/* Values used for timeout */
+#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT         1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT          1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__)   ((__VALUE__) <= 0xFFFFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
+                                  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__)            ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__)        ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__)        ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(__OUTPUT__) (((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE) || \
+                                            ((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_RTCCLOCK) || \
+                                            ((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_ALARM) || \
+                                            ((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_SECOND)) 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
+  * @note   This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
+  *         registers.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,CNTL, 0x0000);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,CNTH, 0x0000);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,PRLH, 0x0000);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,PRLL, 0x8000);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,CRH,  0x0000);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,CRL,  0x0020);
+    
+    /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP,RTCCR, 0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP,CR,    0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP,CSR,   0x00000000U);
+    
+    /* Exit Initialization Mode */
+    if(LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx) == ERROR)
+    {
+      return ERROR;
+    }
+    
+    /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
+    status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+    
+    /* Clear RSF Flag */
+    LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
+  *         in RTC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
+  * @note   The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
+  *         initialization mode only.
+  * @note   the user should call LL_RTC_StructInit()  or the structure of Prescaler
+  *         need to be initialized  before RTC init()
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource));
+  /* Waiting for synchro */
+  if(LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Set Initialization mode */
+    if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+    {
+      /* Clear Flag Bits */
+      LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALR(RTCx);
+      LL_RTC_ClearFlag_OW(RTCx);
+      LL_RTC_ClearFlag_SEC(RTCx);
+      
+      if(RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource != LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE)
+      {
+        /* Disable the selected Tamper Pin */
+        LL_RTC_TAMPER_Disable(BKP);
+      }
+      /* Set the signal which will be routed to RTC Tamper Pin */
+      LL_RTC_SetOutputSource(BKP, RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource);
+      
+      /* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
+      LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
+      
+      /* Exit Initialization Mode */
+      LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);      
+      
+      status = SUCCESS;
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+  RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource    = LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC current time.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                        the time configuration information for the RTC.
+  * @note  The user should call LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit() or the structure 
+  *        of time need to be initialized  before time init()
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
+  *          - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  uint32_t counter_time = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
+  }
+
+  /* Enter Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Check the input parameters format */
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+    counter_time = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Hours * 3600U) + \
+                        ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes * 60U) + \
+                        ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+      LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, counter_time);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+     counter_time = (((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)) * 3600U) + \
+              ((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)) * 60U) + \
+              ((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds))));
+      LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, counter_time);
+    }
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  /* Exit Initialization mode */
+  LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+  /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds    = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC Alarm.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+  *                         contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+  * @note   the user should call LL_RTC_ALARM_StructInit()  or the structure 
+  *         of Alarm need to be initialized  before Alarm init()
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ALARM registers are configured
+  *          - ERROR: ALARM registers are not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALARM_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  uint32_t counter_alarm = 0U;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+  }
+
+  /* Enter Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Check the input parameters format */
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+    counter_alarm = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours * 3600U) + \
+                        ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes * 60U) + \
+                        ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+      LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, counter_alarm);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+     counter_alarm = (((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)) * 3600U) + \
+              ((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)) * 60U) + \
+              ((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds))));
+      LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, counter_alarm);
+    }
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  /* Exit Initialization mode */
+  LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARM field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
+  *         Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_ALARM_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds    = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+    /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx);
+    while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+    {
+      if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+      {
+        timeout --;
+      }
+      tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx);
+      if (timeout == 0U)
+      {
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+   /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @note   When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
+  *         counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  
+  /* Disable initialization mode */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+  
+  /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+  tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx);
+  while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+  {
+    if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+    {
+      timeout --;
+    }
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx);
+    if (timeout == 0U)
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the Time Counter
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  TimeCounter this value can be from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC Counter register configured
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_SetCounter(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t TimeCounter)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Enter Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+   LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, TimeCounter);
+   status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  /* Exit Initialization mode */
+  LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Alarm Counter.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  AlarmCounter this value can be from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALARM_SetCounter(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t AlarmCounter)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Enter Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+     LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, AlarmCounter);
+     status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  /* Exit Initialization mode */
+  LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits until the RTC registers are synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+  * @note   The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Clear RSF flag */
+  LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
+
+  /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+  tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+  while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
+  {
+    if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+    {
+      timeout--;
+    }
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+    if (timeout == 0U)
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(RTC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_spi.c

@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_spi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   SPI LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_spi.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3)
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* SPI registers Masks */
+#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK                 (SPI_CR1_CPHA    | SPI_CR1_CPOL     | SPI_CR1_MSTR   | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_BR      | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI    | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_SSM     | SPI_CR1_RXONLY   | SPI_CR1_DFF    | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN    | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX)    \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX)     \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
+                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT)  \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \
+                               || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
+                               || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2)   \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4)   \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8)   \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16)  \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32)  \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64)  \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+#if defined(SPI1)
+  if (SPIx == SPI1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI1 */
+#if defined(SPI2)
+  if (SPIx == SPI2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI2 */
+#if defined(SPI3)
+  if (SPIx == SPI3)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI3 */
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+  *         SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+  /* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
+
+  if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
+     * - TransferDirection:  SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
+     * - Master/Slave Mode:  SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
+     * - DataWidth:          SPI_CR1_DFF bit
+     * - ClockPolarity:      SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
+     * - ClockPhase:         SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
+     * - NSS management:     SPI_CR1_SSM bit
+     * - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
+     * - BitOrder:           SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
+     * - CRCCalculation:     SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
+               SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
+               SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode | SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth |
+               SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
+               SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
+               SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
+     * - NSS management:     SSOE bit
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2, SPI_CR2_SSOE, (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
+     * - CRCPoly:            CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
+     */
+    if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
+      LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
+    }
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+#if defined (SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+  /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+  * whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
+  SPI_InitStruct->Mode              = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth         = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
+  SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
+  SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase        = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->NSS               = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
+  SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate          = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
+  SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder          = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
+  SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation    = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly           = 7U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* I2S registers Masks */
+#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK             (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN   | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \
+                                            SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL   | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \
+                                            SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG  | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD )
+
+#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK               0x0002U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)          \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)          \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS)   \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB)       \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB)       \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K)    \
+                                       && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__)  ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+  return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+  *         SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t i2sdiv = 2U, i2sodd = 0U, packetlength = 1U;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+  uint32_t sourceclock = 0U;
+#if defined(I2S2_I2S3_CLOCK_FEATURE)
+#else
+  LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
+#endif /* I2S2_I2S3_CLOCK_FEATURE */
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+
+  if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration --------------------
+     * Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters:
+     * - Mode:          SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit
+     * - Standard:      SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits
+     * - DataFormat:    SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits
+     * - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit
+     */
+
+    /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR,
+               I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK,
+               I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard |
+               I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ----------------------
+     * Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters:
+     * - MCLKOutput:    SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit
+     * - AudioFreq:     SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits
+     */
+
+    /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv)
+     * else, default values are used:  i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U.
+     */
+    if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
+    {
+      /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing)
+       * Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U).
+       */
+      if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
+      {
+        /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+        packetlength = 2U;
+      }
+#if defined(I2S2_I2S3_CLOCK_FEATURE)
+      /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set
+      in the project configuration or in the stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h file */
+      if(SPIx == SPI2)
+      {
+        /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+        sourceclock = LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE);
+      }
+      else /* SPI3 */
+      {
+        /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+        sourceclock = LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE);        
+      }
+#else
+        /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+
+      /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
+      sourceclock = rcc_clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;    
+#endif /* I2S2_I2S3_CLOCK_FEATURE */
+      /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
+      if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE)
+      {
+        /* MCLK output is enabled */
+        tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* MCLK output is disabled */
+        tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+      }
+
+      /* Remove the floating point */
+      tmp = tmp / 10U;
+
+      /* Check the parity of the divider */
+      i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U);
+
+      /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+      i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U);
+
+      /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+      i2sodd = (uint16_t)(i2sodd << 8U);
+    }
+
+    /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+    if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU))
+    {
+      /* Set the default values */
+      i2sdiv = 2U;
+      i2sodd = 0U;
+    }
+
+    /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+    WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+  /*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+  I2S_InitStruct->Mode              = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
+  I2S_InitStruct->Standard          = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS;
+  I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat        = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B;
+  I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput        = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
+  I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq         = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT;
+  I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set linear and parity prescaler.
+  * @note   To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n
+  *         Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S).
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  PrescalerLinear value: Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF.
+  * @param  PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
+{
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity));
+
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SPR */
+  MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_usart.c

@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_usart.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   USART LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (UART4) || defined (UART5)
+
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available
+ *              divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8)    */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 10000000U)
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \
+                                         || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+
+  if (USARTx == USART1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
+  }
+  else if (USARTx == USART2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
+  }
+#if defined(USART3)
+  else if (USARTx == USART3)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
+  }
+#endif /* USART3 */
+#if defined(UART4)
+  else if (USARTx == UART4)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of UART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4);
+
+    /* Release reset of UART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4);
+  }
+#endif /* UART4 */
+#if defined(UART5)
+  else if (USARTx == UART5)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of UART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5);
+
+    /* Release reset of UART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5);
+  }
+#endif /* UART5 */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize USART registers according to the specified
+  *         parameters in USART_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
+  *         USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @note   Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @param  USART_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+  LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
+#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
+#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */
+
+  /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+     CRx registers */
+  if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters:
+     * - DataWidth:          USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
+     * - Parity:             USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value
+     * - TransferDirection:  USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
+     * - Oversampling:       USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value.
+     */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8)
+    MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
+               (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
+                USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8),
+               (USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
+                USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
+#else
+    MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
+               (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
+                USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE),
+               (USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
+                USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
+     * - Stop Bits:          USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
+     * - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit().
+     */
+    LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits);
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
+     * - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
+     */
+    LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------
+     * Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral
+     */
+    LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+    if (USARTx == USART1)
+    {
+      periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK2_Frequency;
+    }
+    else if (USARTx == USART2)
+    {
+      periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#if defined(USART3)
+    else if (USARTx == USART3)
+    {
+      periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#endif /* USART3 */
+#if defined(UART4)
+    else if (USARTx == UART4)
+    {
+      periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#endif /* UART4 */
+#if defined(UART5)
+    else if (USARTx == UART5)
+    {
+      periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#endif /* UART5 */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the USART Baud Rate :
+       - valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
+       - Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
+    */
+    if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
+        && (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8)
+      LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
+                           periphclk,
+                           USART_InitStruct->OverSampling,
+                           USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
+#else
+      LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
+                           periphclk,
+                           USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
+#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */
+    }
+  }
+  /* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                          whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  USART_InitStruct->BaudRate            = 9600U;
+  USART_InitStruct->DataWidth           = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
+  USART_InitStruct->StopBits            = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1;
+  USART_InitStruct->Parity              = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ;
+  USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection   = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
+  USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
+#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8)
+  USART_InitStruct->OverSampling        = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
+#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the
+  *         specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
+  *         USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @param  USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput));
+
+  /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+     CRx registers */
+  if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+    /* If Clock signal has to be output */
+    if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE)
+    {
+      /* Deactivate Clock signal delivery :
+       * - Disable Clock Output:        USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared
+       */
+      LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */
+      assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+
+      /* Check clock related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse));
+
+      /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
+       * Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters:
+       * - Enable Clock Output:         USART_CR2_CLKEN set
+       * - Clock Polarity:              USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value
+       * - Clock Phase:                 USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value
+       * - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value.
+       */
+      MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2,
+                 USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL,
+                 USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+                 USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
+  * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
+  *                               whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput       = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE;
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW;            /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase        = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE;             /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT;  /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USART1 || USART2 || USART3 || UART4 || UART5 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

lib/hal-stm32f1/source/stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c

@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.1.1
+  * @date    12-May-2017
+  * @brief   UTILS LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_utils.h"
+#include "stm32f1xx_ll_system.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Defines used for PLL range */
+#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX        RCC_MAX_FREQUENCY    /*!< Frequency max for PLL output, in Hz  */
+
+/* Defines used for HSE range */
+#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN     RCC_HSE_MIN       /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz   */
+#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX     RCC_HSE_MAX       /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz   */
+
+/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to HCLK Frequency */
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+#define UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ         24000000U        /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 */
+#define UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ         48000000U        /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 */
+#else
+    /*!< No Latency Configuration in this device */
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_1) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_2) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_4) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_8) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_16))
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5)
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6_5))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_2) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_3) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_10) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_11) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_12) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_13) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_14) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_15) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_16))
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5 */
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_3)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_4)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_5)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_6)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_7)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_8)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_9)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_10)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_11) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_12)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_13) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_14)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_15) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_16))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2))
+#endif /*RCC_PREDIV1_DIV_2_16_SUPPORT*/
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX)
+
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \
+                                        || ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static uint32_t    UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
+                                               LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency);
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
+  * @note   When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
+  *         configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
+  * @param  HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
+  * @note   HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
+{
+  /* Use frequency provided in argument */
+  LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
+  *         on SysTick counter flag
+  * @note   When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
+  *         and use rather osDelay service.
+  * @note   To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
+  *         will configure Systick to 1ms
+  * @param  Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t  tmp = SysTick->CTRL;  /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
+  /* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
+  ((void)tmp);
+
+  /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
+  if (Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+    Delay++;
+  }
+
+  while (Delay)
+  {
+    if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
+    {
+      Delay--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
+  *  @brief    System Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+           ##### System Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+         System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
+
+         (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is RCC_MAX_FREQUENCY Hz.
+  @endverbatim
+  @internal
+             Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly:
+             (++) +-----------------------------------------------+
+             (++) | Latency       | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz)  |
+             (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+             (++) |0WS(1CPU cycle)|       0 < SYSCLK <= 24        |
+             (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+             (++) |1WS(2CPU cycle)|      24 < SYSCLK <= 48        |
+             (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+             (++) |2WS(3CPU cycle)|      48 < SYSCLK <= 72        |
+             (++) +-----------------------------------------------+
+  @endinternal
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
+  * @note   Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
+  * @param  HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
+{
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures system clock with HSI as clock source of the PLL
+  * @note   The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+  * @note   Function is based on the following formula:
+  *         - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+  *         - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
+  *         - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+  *                   not exceed 72MHz
+  * @note   FLASH latency can be modified through this function. 
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+  *          - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
+                                         LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+  if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+    /* Check PREDIV value */
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+#else
+    /* Force PREDIV value to 2 */
+    UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv = LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2;
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+    /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+    pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+    /* Enable HSI if not enabled */
+    if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
+      while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+      {
+        /* Wait for HSI ready */
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Configure PLL */
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+
+    /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+    status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
+  * @note   The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+  * @note   Function is based on the following formula:
+  *         - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+  *         - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
+  *         - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+  *                   not exceed @ref UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX
+  * @note   FLASH latency can be modified through this function. 
+  * @param  HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = RCC_HSE_MIN and Max_Data = RCC_HSE_MAX
+  * @param  HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
+  *         @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+  *          - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
+                                         LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass));
+
+  /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+  if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv));
+
+    /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+    pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+    /* Enable HSE if not enabled */
+    if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      /* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */
+      if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON)
+      {
+        LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
+      }
+
+      /* Enable HSE */
+      LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
+      while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
+      {
+        /* Wait for HSE ready */
+      }
+    }
+
+      /* Configure PLL */
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS((RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+
+    /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+    status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
+            voltage range.
+  * @param  Frequency  SYSCLK frequency
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
+  *          - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
+  */
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  uint32_t latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0;  /* default value 0WS */
+
+  /* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */
+  if (Frequency == 0U)
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ)
+    {
+      /* 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */
+      latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ)
+      {
+        /* 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
+        latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
+      }
+      /* else SYSCLK < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+    }
+
+    LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
+
+    /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+       memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+    if (LL_FLASH_GetLatency() != latency)
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to check that PLL can be modified
+  * @param  PLL_InputFrequency  PLL input frequency (in Hz)
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul));
+
+  /* Check different PLL parameters according to RM                          */
+#if defined (RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
+  pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#elif defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)
+  pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+  pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / ((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos) + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
+
+  return pllfreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to check that PLL can be modified
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
+  *          - ERROR: PLL is busy
+  */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check if PLL is busy*/
+  if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
+  {
+    /* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
+  /* Check if PLL2 is busy*/
+  if (LL_RCC_PLL2_IsReady() != 0U)
+  {
+    /* PLL2 configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
+  /* Check if PLLI2S  is busy*/
+  if (LL_RCC_PLLI2S_IsReady() != 0U)
+  {
+    /* PLLI2S configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
+  * @param  SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
+  *          - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
+  */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+  uint32_t sysclk_frequency_current = 0U;
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
+
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+  /* Calculate current SYSCLK frequency */
+  sysclk_frequency_current = (SystemCoreClock << AHBPrescTable[LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos]);
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+
+  /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
+#if defined (FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+  if (sysclk_frequency_current < SYSCLK_Frequency)
+  {
+    /* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
+    status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
+  }
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+
+  /* Update system clock configuration */
+  if (status == SUCCESS)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
+    /* Enable PLL2 */
+    LL_RCC_PLL2_Enable();
+    while (LL_RCC_PLL2_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      /* Wait for PLL2 ready */
+    }
+    
+#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
+    /* Enable PLL */
+    LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
+    while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      /* Wait for PLL ready */
+    }
+
+    /* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
+    LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+    LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
+    while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
+    {
+      /* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
+    }
+
+    /* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
+    LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
+    LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider);
+  }
+
+  /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
+#if defined (FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+  if (sysclk_frequency_current > SYSCLK_Frequency)
+  {
+    /* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
+    status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
+  }
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+
+  /* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
+  if (status == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/